Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Northern Star Resources

Northern Star Resources

nst · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker nst
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Northern Star Resources
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
2021

 Our Mission 

To generate superior returns 
for our shareholders, while 
providing positive benefits 
for our stakeholders, through  
operational effectiveness, 
exploration and active  
portfolio management.

FY21 SNAPShOt  

FY21 Snapshot

Financial Performance

FY21 
LTIFR

40%

Revenue increase
to $2,761M in FY21 

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

Cash Earnings* increased 10%

$648M
$221M

FY21 Dividends

*  Cash Earnings is underlying EBITDA less interest,   

tax and sustaining capital  

4

Increase in Cashflow from FY20 Operations to $1,077M

52%

Environmental & Social Responsibility

Doubled total
Group economic
value add in FY21

$3.4B
2050

Net Zero ambition 
for Scope 1-2 GHG
emissions by 2050

ZERO

Heritage related infringements 
or human rights violations 
detected in our supply chain 

Materially adverse  
Community incidents

FY21 SNAPShOt    

Safety Snapshot

0.9

2.1

2.0

1.6

0.5

0.5

0.9

FY21 
TRIFR

10.0

9.1

5.6

6.4

3.3

6.2

5.6

3.3

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY19

FY20

FY21

Northern Star

Industry average

FY21 LTIFR of 0.9 includes 100% of KCGM and Saracen safety statistics from 1 
July 2020 – 30 June 2021. FY21 TRIFR of 5.6 includes 100% of KCGM and Saracen 
safety statistics from 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2021.

FY20 & FY21 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western 
Australian Mineral Industry – Accident and Injury Statistics 2018-19 and 2019-20 
Metalliferous total.

FY20 LTIFR and FY20 TRIFR include 50% of KCGM safety statistics from 1 January 
2020 (date on which Northern Star acquired financial benefit of 50% of KCGM).

FY19 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western Australian 
Mineral Industry - Accident and Injury Statistics 2017-18 Underground Metalliferous.

Inorganic Growth

5

‘Golden Mile’ 
100% Owned

for the first time in 
its 125-year history

Measured & 
Indicated Resources

14% Increase since FY20

38.7Moz

2019

2020

2021

Resources & Reserves

1

2

3

3 large scale production
centres in world
class locations

21Moz

8% Increase in
Group Reserves

Successful merger
with Saracen

+56Moz

Group Resources increase of 
15% as a result of merger 

Increase to 1.6Moz in 
Group Production

from FY19

90%

*  FY20/21 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western 
Australian Mineral Industry – Accident and Injury Statistics 2019-20 
Metalliferous total.

*  FY19 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western 

Australian Mineral Industry - Accident and Injury Statistics 2017-18 
Underground Metalliferous.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
LEttER FROM MANAGING DIRECtOR & CEO AND ChAIRMAN  

LEttER FROM MANAGING DIRECtOR & CEO AND ChAIRMAN    

Letter from the
Managing Director & CEO 
and Chairman

Dear shareholder, 

The FY21 year saw the successful merger of 

Northern Star with Saracen Mineral Holdings 
Limited to form the world’s sixth-largest 

gold mining company. As a result, Northern Star 
became the sole owner of the iconic Super Pit and 
Mt Charlotte underground mine in Kalgoorlie, and 
welcomed two new operations into our portfolio 
- Thunderbox and Carosue Dam in Western 
Australia, augmenting our existing operations in 
Western Australia and at Pogo in Alaska.

6

Net profit after tax for the year increased 300 
percent to $1.032bn. Under accounting rules, this 
result was affected by substantial significant items 
resulting from the merger, as described on pages 
26 to 28 of this report. Underlying net profit after 
tax increased 28 percent to $372m. Cash Earnings 
(which we define as Underlying EBITDA less net 
interest, tax and sustaining capital) increased from 
$588m to $648m. The Board considers this the best 
measure of the Company’s financial performance 
going forward, given the post-merger accounting 
effects of the merger, as also described on p28.

The Directors determined to pay a final, fully-
franked dividend of 9.5 cents per share, bringing the 
full year dividend to 19 cents, an 11 percent increase 
on the full year 2020 dividend (excluding the special 
dividend paid that year). The 2021 dividend is in line 
with a new dividend policy adopted by the Board; 
namely, to pay out 20-30 percent of Cash Earnings, 
as defined above, each year.

Northern Star’s Mission is to generate superior 
returns for our shareholders, while providing positive 
benefits for our stakeholders, through operational 
effectiveness, exploration and active portfolio 
management.

We do this by caring for and rewarding the people 
that comprise our Company and providing a safe 
and fulfilling work environment for them. 

Our decisions are guided by the Northern 

Star STARR Core Values of Safety, Teamwork, 
Accountability, Respect and Results. We engage 
fairly with our Suppliers, we demonstrate respect for 
the Indigenous Peoples upon whose lands we are 
privileged to work on, we minimise our footprint on 
the environment wherever possible, and we support 
the communities in which we operate.

Northern Star has a strong history of improving its 
key financial metrics on a year-on-year basis, and 
this trend continued in FY21.

Our objective of delivering superior earnings for 
our shareholders is achieved by value-creating 
strategies, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Reliable delivery of production and cost 
guidance, with a continuing focus on lowering 
costs

Discipline in the efficient use of capital, 
balancing re-investment and returns to 
shareholders

Sustainable discovery and mine life extension

Active portfolio management

Sustainable employee, environmental, social 
and governance performance.

The Company’s strong operational and financial 
performance during FY21 resulted in:

• 

• 

• 

• 

A very strong balance sheet at 30 June 2021: 
$1.14bn liquidity including $338m in undrawn 
revolving facilities and $799m in cash and 
bullion

$662M corporate bank debt

The achievement of production guidance and 
record revenues supported by a positive A$ 
gold price

The achievement of costs guidance against a 
backdrop of COVID-19 related management 
and inflationary pressures

• 

Significant cashflow of $1,077M from 
operating activities which, with our strong 
balance sheet, provides the platform to 
launch our organic growth strategy to 2Moz 
production by FY26.

At the same time, the overall safety performance of 
the Group remains better than industry standard, 
with a 12-month TRIFR of 5.6, an outstanding result 
which all 6,000 employees and contractors are 
proud to achieve. Tragically, this performance was 
marred by the death of one of our workers at the 
Carosue Dam Operations in July 2020. We convey 
our deepest sympathies to his family, co-workers 
and friends. 

The merger with Saracen was followed by a major 
re-organisation of our management and Board 
structure to position the Company for future 
success. We acknowledge the contribution of 
former longstanding Directors Peter O’Connor, 
Shirley In’t Veld and Executive Chair, Bill Beament, 
who developed Northern Star from a junior gold 
producer to the major gold miner that it is today. 

We also acknowledge the contributions of Raleigh 
Finlayson who played a similar foundational and 
transformative role in Saracen, retiring as Managing 
Director of Northern Star in July 2021. We are 
delighted that Raleigh will rejoin the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director in April next year. We also 
acknowledge the contributions of Anthony Kiernan 
to Saracen and throughout the merger process, who 
will retire and not stand for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting in November 2021.

The cornerstone of our strong outlook is our 
sustained exploration investment which has 
generated continued organic reserve growth. 
Northern Star at 30 June has 21Moz in Reserves (up 
8%) and 56.5Moz in Resources (up 15%), exclusively 
in world class locations and close to existing 
production infrastructure. 

These Resources and Reserves will underpin growth 
in production to 2Moz per annum by FY26. Our 
production guidance for FY22 is set at 1.55Moz 
– 1.65Moz at an all-in sustaining cost (AISC) of 
$1,475 - $1,575/oz. In addition, we look forward 
to demonstrating in our 2021 Sustainability Report 
(to be released in March 2022) the pathways 
to achieving our net zero ambition for scope 1-2 
greenhouse gas emissions by 2050.   

We recognise the commitment of all of our dedicated 
workforce, but in particular our people at the Pogo 
Operations in Alaska, maintaining continuity in 
operations throughout the COVID-19 pandemic 

Somay Ahmadi and 
Pedro Acevedo at the 
KCGM processing plant, 
Kalgoorlie operations.

7

whilst protecting the health of team and community 
and achieving FY21 production guidance of 210Koz.

We are pleased to share the FY21 results with you 
in this Annual Report. We acknowledge the support 
of our fellow Directors and our exceptional leaders, 
staff and business partners whose efforts have 
enabled this continuing high performance by your 
Company. 

Stuart Tonkin
Managing Director  
& CEO

Michael Chaney
Chairman

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021IN thIS REPORt    

In this Report

Our Mission   

FY21 Snapshot   

Letter from our MD & Chairman 

Summary of Financial Outcomes 

STARR Core Values 

Where We Operate 

Operations Report 

Resources & Reserves 

Risk Management  

Julius Drake-Brockman, 
Open Pit Manager at 
Porphyry, Carosue Dam, 
Kalgoorlie operations.

Environmental, Social & Governance 

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report 

Financial Report  

2

4

  6

  10

  11

  12

  14

  34

 42

  46

 68

  84

 130

9

Forward Looking Statements  
Northern Star Resources Limited has prepared this Report based on 
information available to it. No representation or warranty, express or 
implied, is made as to the fairness, accuracy, completeness or correctness 
of the information, opinions and conclusions contained in this Report. To 
the maximum extent permitted by law, none of Northern Star Resources 

Limited, its directors, employees or agents, advisers, nor any other person 
accepts any liability, including, without limitation, any liability arising from 
fault or negligence on the part of any of them or any other person, for any 
loss arising from the use of this Report or its contents or otherwise arising in 
connection with it. 

Corporate Information 

  200

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021SuMMARY OF FINANCIAL OutCOMES  

StARR CORE VALuES    

10

Summary of 
Financial Outcomes

Cash Earnings* increased 10% to $648M, reflecting  
the cash-generating strength of the business.

FY21 guidance achieved

On the back of the successful merger with Saracen 
Mineral Holdings Limited which was implemented 
on 12 February 2021, the financial year ended 30 
June 2021 was a record production and earnings 
year for the Company with both full year production 
and all-in sustaining costs (AISC) per ounce meeting 
FY21 guidance.

Record earnings
Cash Earnings increased 10% to $648M, reflecting 
the cash-generating strength of the business. 
Record statutory and underlying earnings were 
recorded in FY21 with Net Profit After Tax of $1,033 
million (FY20: $258 million) and Underlying Net 
Profit After Tax of $372 million (FY20: $291 million). 

Margin focus
Gold revenue increased 40 percent to $2.8 billion 
primarily driven by the 3 percent increase in average 
realised gold price per ounce of $2,273/oz and a 
33 percent increase in gold sold (excluding pre-
production ounces). Cost of sales increased 51 
percent to $2.2 billion (2020: $1.5 billion) driven 
by higher activity across all operations translating 
to higher mining, processing, and operational 
employee costs. Cost  remains a key focus for 
the business and has been a key element of the 
Company’s strategy to unlock value. Northern 
Star has an excellent history of realising total cost 
reductions and best in class operational productivity. 

Strong operational cash generation
As a result of the strong production and gold price 
realised during the year, FY21 Underlying EBITDA, 
which takes into account the specific charges and 
costs incurred during the year associated with the 
merger with Saracen, was up 47 percent to $1,159 
million (FY20: $791 million). Similarly, operating cash 
flow was up 52 percent from the prior year to $1,077 
million (FY20 $710 million). 

Clear organic growth pathway
$548 million of sustaining and growth capital 
(excluding exploration) was invested into mine 
operations during FY21 which, along with the 
Company’s robust balance sheet and available 
liquidity, supports the Company’s organic growth 
strategy to 2Moz production by FY26. At 30 June 
2021, the Company has cash and bullion of $799 
million and corporate bank debt of $662 million. 

Robust returns to shareholders
A new dividend policy has been announced based 
on Cash Earnings. A final fully-franked dividend 
of 9.5 cents per share to shareholders has been 
approved, taking the full year payout to 19.0 cents 
per share. 

“Gold revenue increased 40 percent to $2.8 billion 

primarily driven by the 3 percent increase in average 

realised gold price per ounce of $2,273/oz and a 33 percent 
increase in gold sold (excluding pre-production ounces).”

* Cash Earnings is Underlying EBITDA less net interest, tax and sustaining capital .

MORGAN BALL, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFICER

StARR Core Values

Our Core Values are integral to the working 
lives of all our workers and operations. 

Safety

It matters and 
starts with you

Results

We deliver on  
our promises

teamwork

Together  
we can

11

Respect

To get it you  
must give it

Accountability

The responsibility  
lies with you

 NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021WhERE WE OPERAtE  

WhERE WE OPERAtE    

Where We Operate

Our portfolio of high-quality, high-margin mining 

operations are located in world class jurisdictions.

Figure 1  North American Operations

Pogo Production
Centre

•  Pogo

12

A l a s k a

Fairbanks

Delta 
Junction

Anchorage

Figure 2  Australian Operations

tanami Project

DARWIN

Yandal Production
Centre

1.  Jundee

2.  Bronzewing

3.  Thunderbox

Paulsens
Operations

Kununurra

Halls Creek

N o r t h e r n  
Te r r i t o r y

Nanutarra

Newman

We s t e r n  
A u s t r a l i a

Alice 
Springs

1

2

3

Wiluna

Leinster

4 2
5 3 6

1

Kalgoorlie/Boulder

Kambalda

Coolgardie

PERTH

13

Kalgoorlie Production
Centre

1.  Carosue Dam

2.  Kanowna Belle

3.  KCGM

4.  Kundana 

5.  East Kundana JV (51%)

6.  South Kalgoorlie

JUNEAU

Northern Star would like to acknowledge 
Doyon Limited, whose traditional lands 
surround our Pogo Operation in Alaska, USA.

Northern Star would like to acknowledge 
and pay our respects to Traditional Owner 
groups whose land we are privileged to 
work on, and whose input and guidance 
we seek and value within the operation 
of our business. We acknowledge their 
strong and special physical and cultural 
connections to their ancestral lands. 

•  Whadjuk Noongar

•  Walpiri and Yapa

•  The Wiluna Martu

•  Puutu Kunti Kurrama 

•  Kultju

•  Tjiwarl

•  Maduwongga

•  Marlinyu Ghoorlie

•  Tjurabalan

and Pinikura

•  Jurruru

•  Yinhawongka

•  Nyalpa

•  Kakarra Part A

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021Operations
Report

OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

Operations Review

Northern Star owns and operates three world class  
gold production centres: Kalgoorlie, Yandal and 
Pogo, located exclusively in world class locations.

Our assets have upside from an extensive 

organic growth pipeline. Northern Star 
continues to invest in building its asset base 

through strategic acquisitions and continuing to 
invest in exploration to unlock value from the gold 
endowment across our highly prospective ground 
located exclusively in low sovereign-risk jurisdictions 
of Australia and North America.

16

FY21 Operations
It was another year of record production for 
Northern Star following the successful merger 
with Saracen in February 2021, with performance 
delivered by the West Australian production centres 
of Yandal and Kalgoorlie (including KCGM) and our 
Pogo Operation located in Alaska, USA. 

Delivery of synergies from the merger between 
Northern Star and Saracen in H2 of FY21 resulted in 
both savings and improved productivities at numerous 
levels. The strategic merger started the process 
of unlocking synergies and opportunities across 
the portfolio while still delivering ounces and cost 
guidances. It was a credit to the operational teams 
to achieve these results in addition to the successful 
implementation of our transformative merger.

In FY21*, a total of 1.6 million ounces of gold was 
sold at an average gold price of A$2,277 per ounce 
(FY20: 900,388oz at A$2,208/oz). All-in sustaining 
costs for FY21 were A$1,483 per ounce (FY20: 
A$1,496/oz). Both production and AISC were within 
guidance for FY21.

Overall, 25.5 million tonnes of ore was milled at an 
average head grade of 2.2gpt for 1.6 million ounces 
of gold recovered.  Unprocessed ore stocks available 
for mill feed at the end of FY21 contained 3.2 million 
ounces of gold, including gold in circuit at the end 
of FY21 totalling 72 thousand ounces. These items 
are reflected in the FY21 financial statements as ore 
stockpile and gold in circuit at lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

FY21 also saw exceptional exploration results, with 
Group Resources increasing 15% to 56Moz and 
Reserves increasing 8% to 21Moz over the 9-month 
period to 31 March 2021. This expanded inventory 
will underpin the Company’s announced strategy to 
grow production to 2Moz per annum by FY26. Our 
two development assets, the Tanami and Paulsens 
projects, continued with exploration activity 
throughout the year.

table 1 Mine Operations Review

Annualised  
Metrics*

Total Material 
Mined (tonnes)

Total Material 
Milled (tonnes)

Head Grade (gpt) 

Recovery (%)

Gold Recovered 
(Oz)

Gold Sold - Pre-
Production (Oz)

Gold Sold – 
Production (Oz)

Jundee  Thunderbox

KCGM Kalgoorlie  
(ex KCGM)

Carosue  
Dam

Pogo

Total

2,493,606

1,503,584

8,190,822

2,922,623

3,611,254

849,892

19,571,781

2,715,941

2,928,409

12,971,624

2,873,351

3,152,305

848,205

25,489,835

3.6

90

1.6

94

1.4

83

3.1

90

2.5

93

8.6

89

2.2

89

285,908

140,306

478,438

256,970

234,136

209,647

1,605,405

-

55,779

32,493

-

21,014

-

109,286

286,676

88,211

439,596

256,657

211,262

204,041

1,486,443

Gold Sold (Oz)

286,676

143,990

472,089

256,657

232,276

204,041

1,595,729

All-in Sustaining 
Cost (A$/Oz)^

1,278

924

1,385

1,942

1,311

1,851

1,483

Pogo Production Centre

A

Pogo Operations

+8Moz Gold Camp

Fairbanks

Steese National 
Conservation Area
Pogo

North 
Pole

Delta Junction

17

Figure 1  Northern Star's mining operations in world class locations

Denali National 
Park and Preserve

A

D

E

B

C

Lake Clarke 
National Park 
and Preserve

A Pogo Production Centre

B Yandal Production Centre

C Kalgoorlie Production Centre

D Tanami Project

E Paulsens Operations

ANCHORAGE

Production 
Pogo delivered another strong full year performance. 
Gold sold at Pogo from FY21 operations totalled 
204,041 ounces at an AISC of US$1,387 per ounce 
(FY20: 173,036oz at AISC US$1,402/oz).

Record horizontal advance and record diamond drill 
metres were achieved in Q4 FY21, and a milestone 
record of 92 thousand tonnes of ore was processed in 
the month of June 2021. Pogo Resources grew 3% to 
6.9Moz for the nine months ended 31 March 2021.

Although COVID-19 impacted Pogo productivity in 

*   The metrics in this table have been prepared including Saracen 

acquired assets, Thunderbox, Carosue Dam and an additional 50% 
interest in KCGM to increase Northern Star’s ownership to 100% as 
if they were part of the Northern Star Resources Group from 1 July 
2020. Contribution to NST earnings is from 12 February 2021. FY20 
comparative reflects pre-merger assets only.

H1 FY21, the availability of vaccines and significantly 
lower COVID-19 rates in Alaska reduced operational 
disruptions by Q4 FY21.

Exploration
Underground drilling continued with a focus on 
Resource definition and conversion across most 
ore systems (Liese, South Pogo, Fun Zone) in the 
underground mining areas. Surface exploration drilling 
activity concentrated on Resource definition drilling 
programs across the central portion of the Goodpaster 
discovery zone and the Central Gap prospect.

^ Pogo all-in sustaining cost has been presented in AUD which is the  
   Group’s presentation currency. The AISC in United States Dollars was  
   US$1,387 for the financial year.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
OPERAtIONS REPORt  

Kalgoorlie Production Centre

C

Kalgoorlie Operations

KCGM Operations

+19Moz Gold Camp 

+80Moz Gold Camp

•  Kanowna Belle

•  Kundana

•  East Kundana JV (51%)

•  South Kalgoorlie Operations

Carosue Dam Operations

+5.8Moz Gold Camp

Lake Rebecca

Carosue Dam

Kanowna 
Belle 

KALGOORLIE

KCGM 

Kundana

East Kundana 
JV (51%)

Mount Burges

Coolgardie

South Kalgoorlie Operations

18

KCGM Operations
FY21 marked the consolidation of Kalgoorlie’s 
Golden Mile under one owner for the first time in 
its 125-year history, as a result of the Northern Star 
and Saracen merger. The revitalisation of this asset 
continued with the first full year of ownership. A 
great example was the step change improvement 
in the open pit movements which increased 
to 60Mt for FY21. This was achieved with the 
investment in multiple working areas, structurally 
lowering costs and improving productivity. Mount 
Charlotte underground mine near doubled the 
underground reserves with only 9 months of drilling. 
A new underground portal and drill platform was 
commenced in Q4 to setup a platform to commence 
drilling the significant potential of the world class 
mineralised system at depth. The process plant 
also completed a major de-risking project by 
modernising the Fimiston mill control system which 
took the plant down for a planned 2 week shutdown. 
KCGM continues to have unrivalled potential and is 
already a cornerstone long life asset in the portfolio.

Production
KCGM total gold sold in FY21 (100% interest)
was 472,089 ounces at an AISC of A$1,385 per 
ounce (FY20: 115,825oz at AISC A$1,427/oz; 50% 
interest). Record gold production under Northern 
Star ownership of 139,264 ounces was achieved 

Kambalda

Lake Lefroy

in Q4 FY21 (at an AISC of A$1,296/oz), up 18% on 
the previous record in Q2 FY21.  KCGM Reserves 
increased by 2Moz to 11.6Moz and Resources by 
7Moz to 26Moz in the 9 months to 31 March 2021.

Exploration
Exploration activity across the KCGM Operations is 
expanding as part of a multi-year growth program 
announced since the merger.  Beneath the surface 
mining operations at Fimiston South, Brownhill 
and Morrisons we undertook significant surface 
resource definition programs and established new 
underground access in the Fimiston North area. 
This led to the commencement of an initial phase of 
underground drilling beneath the existing open pit 
and northwards towards the Croesus area.

Underground resource definition drilling at Mount 
Charlotte is increasing with programs targeting 
the Hidden Secret, Kal East and Mt Ferrum areas 
completed. In-mine exploration drilling from the 
Sam Pearce decline into the Unit 6 and Duke areas 
returned encouraging results.

Surface exploration drilling programs were 
successful at the Little Wonder and Mt Percy areas 
and the regional exploration south of the KCGM 
mine area, at Jacks Reward and Shea prospects,  
highlighted significant potential within the Boulder-
Lefroy Fault corridor.

(excludes KCGM and Carosue Dam) (FY20: 
3,052,606t). Total gold sold in FY21 was 256,657 
ounces at an AISC of A$1,942 per ounce (FY20: 
317,248oz at AISC A$1,564/oz).

Exploration – Kanowna Belle
Exploration at Kanowna Belle outlined new areas of 
resource growth in the upper levels of the mine and 
extensions to the Velvet area.  Regional exploration 
of surrounding areas continued during FY21 
with drilling programs focused on the near mine 
environment east of Kanowna Belle.  Exploration 
continued within the Acra Joint Venture (NST: 75%).

Exploration – EKJV*
During FY21, in-mine exploration within the 
East Kundana Joint Venture (EKJV) (NST: 51%) 
was focused on the definition of new areas of 
mineralisation in the hanging wall of the main RHP 
mining complex.  Surface exploration defined initial 
open pit resources and shallow mineralisation at 
Hornet and Golden Hind prospects.

Exploration – Kundana* 
Extensional mine exploration within Northern Star’s 
100% owned Kundana tenements outlined the 
extensions to the Moonbeam, Pope John, Xmas and 
Strzelecki resource areas.  Exploration drilling from 
the Moonbean mine infrastructure was successful 
and targeted potential extensions to the Barkers 
trend south of the existing mining infrastructure.

Exploration – South Kalgoorlie Operations 
Underground and surface diamond drilling 
continued to define new resource extensions within 
the northern portion of the mine. Surface drilling 
at the adjacent Mutooroo West area intersected 
significant new mineralisation for which we are now 
progressing the development of new underground 
drilling platforms. Regional exploration within the 
South Kalgoorlie tenement package is generating 
early success with potential discoveries at Tindals 
and SBS in the Coolgardie region. Along the Zuleika 
Shear Zone and the Butterfly - Enigma trends we 
continued our exploration drilling programs to test 
the mineralised trends.

Exploration – Carbine*
Along the existing Carbine - Phantom trend our 
surface exploration drilling achieved further success in 
parallel structures and at Anthill our resource definition 
drilling defined an initial Ore Reserve and identified 
potential mineralisation.  In FY21 we expanded the 
regional exploration of the Carbine and Carnage 
exploration tenure and have recorded  strong results 
from the first drilling program at Blister Dam.

19

Carosue Dam Operations
Previously a Saracen core asset, acquired as part of 
the merger, Carosue Dam supplements Northern 
Star’s existing Kalgoorlie Operations.

Production
The Carosue Dam Operations produced a total 
3,611,254 tonnes of material in FY21, up 51% on 
FY20 (FY20: 2,395,000). Total 232,276 ounces of 
gold sold in FY21 at an AISC of A$1,311 per ounce 
(FY20: 203,28oz at AISC $1,263/oz). Underground 
operations delivered to plan with record production 
while the open pit operations recommenced. 
The Carosue Dam mill expansion project was 
commissioned in Q2 of FY21 and delivered a record 
quarterly throughput of 956kt in Q4 FY21 well 
above the upgraded nameplate design.

Exploration
In-mine exploration within Karari and Whirling 
Dervish focused on extending the main mineralised 
areas within the mining complex. Resource definition 
drilling of the Million Dollar deposit was completed 
allowing for commencement of mining operations.

Regional exploration of the Carosue Dam trend 
continued with programs completed at Osman, 
Spectre and Jebena prospects. At Karari South, 
Spectre and Scaramanga we commenced Initial 
drilling of targets generated from the 3D seismic 
program.

Further north, we were successful with regional 
exploration drilling at Porphyry and Moody’s Reward 
and recorded encouraging early results with the 
initial drilling programs at the Memphis prospect.

Kalgoorlie Operations
Production 
Kalgoorlie Operations delivered production of 
2,922,623 tonnes in FY21 from Kanowna Belle, 
Kundana, East Kundana Joint Venture (NST: 51%) 
and South Kalgoorlie (SKO) underground operations 

*  As announced to ASX, the sale of Northern Star's EKJV, Kundana and Carbine assets completed on 18 August 2021

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

Yandal Production Centre

B

Jundee

Meekatharra

Wiluna

Bronzewing

Wanjarri 
Nature 
Reserve

Leinster

Thunderbox

Lennora

Jundee Operations

+13.5Moz Gold Camp

Bronzewing Operations

+3.6Moz Gold Camp

thunderbox Operations

+5.4Moz Gold Camp

20

During FY21, the Thunderbox Operations were 
added to the Northern Star Yandal Operations 
portfolio as a result of the merger with Saracen. 

Production 
Jundee Development advance was especially strong 
in FY21, with a new monthly record for jumbo advance 
of +2,000 metres in March 2021 and record quarterly 
development advances achieved in Q4 FY21.

Jundee and Bronzewing (combined) produced 
2,493,606 tonnes in FY21 (FY20: 3,464,189t).  
Total gold sold was 286,676 ounces at an AISC 
of A$1,278 per ounce (FY20: 294,279oz at AISC 
A$1,095/oz).

Thunderbox’s FY21 production was 1,503,584 
tonnes (FY20: 3,984kt) with 143,990 ounces of 
gold sold at an AISC of A$924 per ounce (FY20: 
184,538oz at AISC $731/oz).

Exploration – Jundee Operations
In FY21, the Mineral Resource was increased by 
successful resource extension drilling within surface 
and underground areas.  We maintained high levels 
of exploration drilling across the Jundee Mine area 
with a focus on the growth of new mineralised 
areas at Invicta, Deakin, Cardassian, Lyons South, 
Hampton and Hughes trends. Long term exploration 
continued with a program of deep exploration drill 
holes into the Atlantis trend and the commencement 
of surface exploration drilling into the McLarty and 
the Cook-Keating areas.  Underground development 

to provide a range of new drilling platforms across 
the Jundee Mine is in progress as part of a renewed 
exploration focus into sections of the mine corridor.

Exploration – Bronzewing Operations
Resource and Reserve definition drilling at Julius 
was completed which allowed us to finalise 
the mine plan and develop the new open pit 
mining operation where pre-production activities 
commenced late in FY21. 

The Orelia Resource and Reserve models are being 
updated after a significant resource definition and 
extension drilling program was completed which 
defined further growth at depth and along strike 
from the existing Orelia resource area. 

Significant regional exploration programs at the 
Corboys, Dragon-Venus and Bill's Find projects 
achieved strong results. Drilling at Corboys has 
defined a significant Resource upgrade within 
the central area of the 20 kilometre long trend. 
Reconnaissance programs continue to test 
numerous significant new drilling targets which will 
be the focus of exploration and Resource definition 
drilling in the coming years.

Exploration – thunderbox  Operations
Significant Resource definition and extension 
drilling programs were completed at Otto Bore, 
Bannockburn and Wonder North. Regional 
exploration concentrated on the Bundarra area 
screening new targets along extensions to the 
Wonder Shear zone.

tanami Project

D

tanami Project

+5Moz Gold Camp

Halls 
Creek

Fitzroy 
Crossing

Gibson 
Desert 
North

Tanami

Alice Springs

Central tanami (NSt 40%)
We continued our regional exploration programs 
across the project which highlighted that the region 
is relatively under-explored. As a result, we are 
undertaking collaborative programs with CSIRO to 
better understand the stratigraphy, geochemistry 
and gold paragenesis of the Tanami region.

Western tanami (NSt 100%)
Across the Western Tanami project tenure 
we completed regional airborne and ground 

Karratha

Indian Ocean

geophysical programs to refine our exploration 
targets.

tanami Regional (NSt 100%)
To complement our existing activities at the 
Central Tanami Joint Venture, Northern Star holds a 
substantial land position in the surrounding Tanami 
region. In FY21 the focus was on completing 
reconnaissance aircore drilling programs across 
new anomalies defined in the Stubbins area.

21

E

Paulsens

+3Moz Gold Camp

Onslow

Fortescue

Cane River 
Conservation Park

Nanutarra

Paulsens

Paulsens Operations

At Paulsens, FY21 efforts focused on completing 
regional geophysical and geochemical sampling 
programs and evaluating the remaining 
underground Ore Reserve potential.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021“This year we achieved some outstanding results

which are a credit to all our teams and business 

partners; however the most exciting thing that we 

achieved in FY21 is the strong operational platform 

and a clear pathway to create further value through 

increased production and lower costs.” 

LUKE CREAGH, CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER - POGO AND NSMS

A clear pathway to
increasing production
and lowering costs. 

Super Pit, KCGM, Kalgoorlie 
operations. 

OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

Financial Review

Record Underlying Net Profit After Tax and 
strong balance sheet supports growth.

Overview

FY21 performance was generated from the Jundee, 
Kalgoorlie Operations, KCGM (50% interest) and 
Pogo Operations for the full year ending 30 June 
2021. Following the implementation of the merger 

with Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited on 12 
February 2021, performance was also generated 
from Thunderbox, Carosue Dam and KCGM on a 
100% interest basis.

table 1  Financial Reporting Metrics**

Jundee  Thunder-

KCGM

box

Kal.  
Ops

Carosue  
Dam

Pogo

Exp-
loration

Other 
~

Total

table 2  Financial Overview

FY21

FY20

Change  
$

Change 
(%)

Revenue 

EBITDA 1

A$M

2,760.5

1,971.7

788.8

A$M

2,268.0

717.1

1,550.9

Underlying EBITDA 1

A$M

1,159.2

790.8

368.4

Cash Earnings1

A$M

647.9

587.7

60.2

40

216

47

10

Net Profit After Tax 1

A$M

1,032.5

258.3

774.2

300

Underlying Net Profit After Tax 2

A$M

371.6

291.0

80.6

Cash flow from Operating Activities

A$M

1,076.8

710.4

366.4

Cash flow used in Investing Activities

A$M

(257.1)

(1,670.3) 

1,413.2

28

52

85

Sustaining Capital

A$M

(356.3)

(156.7)

(199.6)

(127)

Gold Sold - 
Production (Oz) (c)

286,676

19,766

321,377

256,657

94,429

204,041

Revenue (A$M)

660.1

42.2

731.0

590.1

202.5

474.7

280.6

42.2

465.0

356.9

116.3

275.1

-

-

-

-

1,182,946

Growth Capital

A$M

(191.3)

(129.6)

(61.7)

59.9 (a)

2,760.5

Exploration

A$M

(145.5)

(76.4)

(69.1)

(48)

(90)

25

(4.2)

1,531.9

Acquisition of Assets & Businesses

A$M

390.6

(1315.6)

1,706.2

130

24

Cost of Sales (Ex-
D&A) (A$M)

Depreciation & 
Amortisation 
(A$M)

93.5

7.7

220.4

129.4

105.4

95.4

4.9

3.3

660.0

Impairment (A$M)

0.2

Acquisition & 
Integration Costs 
(A$M)

-

Segment EBITDA 
(A$M) (d)

379.5

-

-

-

436.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

108.8

-

545.6

-

231.8

231.8

266.0

233.2

86.2

199.6

(10.9)

NA

1,153.6

Underlying 
EBITDA (A$M) (d)

379.5

10.0

306.0

233.2

110.2

199.6

(10.9)

(68.4) (b)

1,159.2

**  The metrics in this table have been prepared on a financial reporting basis, incorporating the effects of the merger with Saracen Minerals Holdings 

Limited from 12 February 2021.

~  Other contains amounts not allocated to segments, including corporate activities.
(a)  Other revenue is the non-cash unwind of the acquired out-of-the-money hedge book contract on merger that has not been allocated to operations.  

The liability unwinds to revenue as the out-of-the-money hedges are delivered.

(b)  Includes: corporate costs, excluding exploration segment EBITDA and corporate, technical services and projects depreciation and amortisation.
(c)  Gold Sold – Production excludes gold sales from assets not currently determined to be in commercial production (operating in the manner as intended 
by management as defined by Accounting Standards). During the financial year (on a statutory reporting basis) 56koz of pre-production sales were 
capitalised to Mine Properties offset against the related growth capital. Total development receipts capitalised to Mine Properties during the financial 
year were $120 million.

(d)  Segment and Underlying EBITDA are non-GAAP measures and have been reconciled in note 2 of the financial statements and below, respectively.

Net Investment Proceeds / (Payments)

A$M

30.4

(2.6)

33.0

1,269

Other

A$M

15.0

10.6

4.4

Free Cash Flow 3

A$M

819.7

(959.9)

1,779.6

Underlying Free Cash Flow 4

A$M

358.5

365.4

(6.9)

Cash and bullion

A$M

799.0

748.0

51.0

Corporate Bank Debt & Secured Asset 
Financing 5

A$M

746.2

761.5

(15.3)

Net Cash/(Debt) 6

A$M

52.8

(13.5)

66.3

Basic Earnings Per Share

Cents

114.7

Dividends per share7

Cents

19.0

37.3

17.0

77.4

2.0

42

185

(2)

7

2

491

208

12

1.  Net Profit After Tax is statutory profit (NPAT). EBITDA, Underling EBITDA and Cash Earnings are non-GAAP measures and have been reconciled to NPAT 

in the table below

2.  Underlying Net Profit (Underlying NPAT) is a non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation between statutory NPAT and Underlying NPAT has been included 

below

3.  Free Cash Flow is calculated as operating cash flow less investing cash flow as outlined in the Group’s Cash Flow Statement
4.  A reconciliation between free cash flow and underlying free cash flow has been included below
5.  Excludes accrued interest and net of unamortised upfront transaction costs
6.  Net debt is calculated as Cash and Bullion less Corporate Bank Debt & Secured Asset Financing
7.  This excludes the Special Dividend of 10 cents per share paid during FY21

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

Profit 

The results and commentary below relate to the 
statutory FY21 results of the Group and include 
production and commercial metrics of the acquired 
operations of Saracen from the merger.

The Group reported a profit after tax of $1,032.5 
million for the 12 months ending 30 June 2021, a 
300 percent increase from the prior year (2020: 
$258.3 million). As outlined below in Table 4, when 
normalising for the effects of the merger and other 
one-off charges, underlying net profit after tax for 
the year ended 30 June 2021 was $371.6 million, an 
increase of 28 percent over the prior year (2020: 
291.0 million). Gold revenue increased 40 percent 
to $2.8 billion (2020: $2.0 billion) primarily driven 
by the 3 percent increase in average realised 
gold price per ounce (2021: $2,273/oz; 2020: 
$2,208/oz) and a 33 percent increase in gold sold 
(production ounces) (2021: 1,182,946 ounces; 
2020: 886,543 ounces).

Production from the operations was mixed with 
Jundee and Kalgoorlie Operations recording 
lower gold sold offset by KCGM and Pogo where 
production grew in FY21. However, the main driver 
for the higher production in FY21 was the inclusion 
of Thunderbox, Carosue Dam and the additional 
50% of KCGM which was recorded as revenue 
from 12 February 2021. 

Cost of sales increased 51 percent to $2.2 billion 
(2020: $1.5 billion) driven by higher activity 

across all operations translating to higher mining, 
processing and operational employee costs and an 
increase in non-cash depreciation and amortisation 
charges and inventory expenses which were 
incurred from the higher asset values recognised on 
the balance sheet of NST as part of the merger. 

Acquisition and integration related costs were 
higher with the recognition of stamp duty in 
respect of the merger, which is estimated to be 
payable in FY22. Non-cash impairments of $545.6 
million (2020: $28.3 million) were recognised 
primarily in respect of exploration properties and 
mineralised waste stockpiles at KCGM Operations. 
A $1,919.2 million non-cash gain in respect of the 
fair value remeasurement of the Company's pre-
merger 50% stake in KCGM was recognised at 
merger implementation date.

As a result of the merger with Saracen during FY21, 
treatment under Australian Accounting Standards 
has resulted in a number of significant adjustments 
to the financial accounts. Further to this, we have 
calculated Cash Earnings for the financial year. 
This is defined as underlying EBITDA less net 
interest, tax and sustaining capital. Northern Star 
believes that this metric provides shareholders with 
a clearer understanding of the Company’s strong 
cash-generating performance both during the year 
and on an ongoing basis.

26

table 3  Net Profit After Tax to EBITDA, Underlying EBITDA and Cash Earnings Reconciliation

Net Profit After Tax

Tax

Depreciation & Amortisation

Interest Income

Finance Costs

EBITDA

Financial Instrument Fair Value Adjustments

Impairment Charges

Pre-tax gain on remeasurement of KCGM (NST 50% share)

Acquisition & Integration Costs

Merger fair value uplift on run-of-mine stockpiles and gold-in-
circuit8

Delivery of Saracen non-cash hedge book9

Underlying EBITDA

Tax & Net Interest Paid

Sustaining Capital

Cash Earnings

FY21

FY20

1,032.5

258.3

551.4

660.0

(4.3)

28.4

2,268.0

18.9

545.6

(1,919.2)

231.8

74.0

(59.9)

86.3

354.8

(4.2)

21.9

717.1

0.5

28.3

-

44.9

-

-

1,159.2

790.8

(155.0)

(46.4)

(356.3)

(156.7)

647.9

587.7

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

27

The Group reported a profit after tax of 

$1,032.5 million for the 12 months ending 

30 June 2021, a 300 percent increase from 

the prior year (2020: $258.3 million).

8.  Run-of-mine (ROM) stockpiles and gold-in-circuit inventory at the time of the merger was required to be remeasured to fair value, resulting in a non-cash 

increase of A$74 million. This adjustment represents the non-cash amount expensed in FY21 on sale of the contained gold.

9.  The mark-to-market position on Saracen’s hedge book was required to be recognised as a liability as part of the merger accounting. As the gold in those 

hedge contracts is delivered the liability is unwound and recorded as a non-cash increase to revenue.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021table 4  Net Profit After Tax to Underlying Net Profit After Tax Reconciliation

OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

FY21

FY20

A$M

1,032.5

258.3

Net Profit After Tax

Add:

Acquisition & Integration Costs

Impairment Charges

Financial Instrument Fair Value Adjustments

Losses taken up on Associates

Finance Transaction Costs

Merger Fair Value uplift on Run-of-Mine Stockpiles and Gold-in-
Circuit 8

Less:

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

231.8

545.6

18.9

1.5

3.9

74.0

Pre-Tax Gain on remeasurement of KCGM (NST 50% share)

A$M

(1,919.2)

Tax Adjustments:

Tax Effect on Adjustments

Permanent Tax Differences on Merger 10

Echo Tax Losses

Underlying Net Profit After Tax

A$M

A$M

A$M

A$M

313.1

69.5

-

371.6

45.0

28.3

0.5

3.6

-

-

-

(23.2)

-

(21.5)

291.0

28

29

The above underlying net profit after tax has not been 
adjusted to reflect certain increased non-cash costs 
arising from acquisition accounting from the merger 
with Saracen Minerals Holdings Limited (Saracen). 
Due to the requirement to recognise the Saracen 
assets and liabilities at fair value and also remeasure 
Northern Star’s existing (50%) interest in KCGM (on 
obtaining 100% control) to fair value, there has been a 
significant increase in the net assets of the Group.  

Saracen’s net assets immediately prior to the merger 
were approximately $1.7 billion. This compares to the 
value of the shares issued on merger date, which is 
required to be used as the deemed consideration for 
the deal, of approximately $5.1 billion. Consequently, 
Saracen’s net asset value increased by approximately 
$3.4 billion, when compared to its previously 
reported net assets. Further, Accounting Standards 
require Northern Star to remeasure its existing 50% 
interest in KCGM further increasing net assets by 
~$1.3 billion (pre-tax gain on remeasurement of ~$1.9 
billion, outlined in table above, less the applicable 
non-cash tax effect of ~$0.6 billion).

As outlined above, the approximate increase in net 
assets of the combined Group, when compared 

to the previously reported net assets of the Group 
prior to the merger, was ~$4.8 billion (excluding 
transaction costs). A significant proportion of this 
increase has been allocated to inventory, mine 
properties and property, plant and equipment. This 
increase in value is non-cash and has arisen due to 
the issue of ~422.5 million shares at the agreed ratio 
as part of the merger (0.3763 new Northern Star 
Shares for every 1 Saracen share held on the record 
date) and the other non-cash revaluation of Northern 
Star’s existing 50% interest in KCGM. 

This significant increase in asset carrying values will 
subsequently be expensed in the income statement 
and will increase future non-cash charges to net 
profit. These future charges will increase costs of 
goods sold (via expensing of revalued inventory on 
processing and selling gold produced), amortisation 
(mine properties) and depreciation (property, 
plant and equipment) charges. Consequently, it is 
expected over time that there will be an increased 
spread between Net Profit After Tax and the Group’s 
operating cash flow generation. For this reason, 
the Board believe that Cash Earnings (as defined) 
represents the most appropriate measure of 
Company performance going forward.

10.  A proportion of stamp duty attributed to KCGM is non-deductible for tax purposes, which results in a permanent tax difference that increases the current 

year’s effective tax rate (income tax expense divided by profit before income tax per profit and loss)

Cale Pike, Apprentice 
Heavy Duty Fitter, 
Kanowna Belle,  
Kalgoorlie operations. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021OPERAtIONS REPORt  

OPERAtIONS REPORt    

Balance sheet 

The increase in current assets as at 30 June 2021 
to $1.8 billion was driven by the recognition and 
fair value uplift of the stockpiles at the acquired 
assets expected to be processed within 12 months. 
With the sale of EKJV (51%), Kundana and Carbine 
operations to Evolution Mining Limited, completing 
on 18 August 2021, the book value of the associated 
assets and liabilities have been reclassified and 
presented within current assets/liabilities held for 
sale at 30 June 2021.

Non-current assets increased by $6.7 billion 
primarily resulting from the merger, whereby 
$7.3 billion of value was recognised on balance 
sheet with the majority allocated within the 
classes of Property, Plant and Equipment ($0.6 
billion), Mine Properties ($5.6 billion including 
the remeasurement of NST’s pre-merger share of 

table 5  Non-cash impacts from the merger

KCGM) and Exploration and evaluation assets  
($0.2 billion). 

Current liabilities were $771.6 million at 30 June 
2021 (30 June 2020: 638.2 million) principally due 
to the higher trade and other payables consistent 
with the increased size of the business post-merger 
and recognition of the stamp duty estimate payable 
resulting from the merger which is recognised in 
Provisions. 

The Group’s corporate bank debt was refinanced 
during the year resulting in the full amount being 
reclassified to non-current Borrowings, and 
there was an increase in non-current Provisions, 
principally in relation to closure liabilities being 
recognised and deferred tax liabilities recognised as 
part of the merger.

Incremental 
Impact

Earnings impact  
in future years

30

Estimated future Group increase in depreciation and amortisation 
compared to these charges by the two standalone companies prior to 
the merger 

~$200- 
250/oz 11

Ongoing

paid as a percentage of revenue during the year 
until the tax return is finalised after the financial 
year-end). FY20 tax payments were lower due to 
temporary differences relating to the vesting of FY17 
Performance Rights being deductible. Stamp duty 
on both NST and Saracen's respective 50 percent 
acquisitions of KCGM was paid during the year. 

Payments for property, plant and equipment 
increased $99.6 million with a full year of investment 
at KCGM and contribution to merger operations. 
Investment in exploration increased over the year 
with the enlarged merged business and acquisition 
of the Kurnalpi project during the year. Payments 

for mine properties increased 85% from prior year 

to $351.3 million with a full year of investment at 

KCGM and operations acquired on merger. The 

Company acquired $402.5 million in cash on the 

merger with Saracen. Cash flows from financing 

activities highlight the refinancing of the Group’s 

debt facilities during the year and the repayment 

of $325 million. Dividends paid to the Company’s 

shareholders during the year ($310.5 million) 

included the FY20 interim dividend ($55.5 million) 

paid on 16 July 2020 that was previously deferred 

due to COVID-19 uncertainty in March 2020. 

table 6  Free Cash Flow 

Free Cash Flow

Mergers and acquisitions 13

Net (sale)/purchase of Investments

Movement in bullion awaiting settlement & finished goods

Working capital movement

Payments for equipment financing & leases for operating assets

FY21

819.7

(318.1)

(30.4)

(48.2)

16.4

(80.9)

358.5

FY20

(959.9)

1,322.3

2.6

26.9

36.7

(63.2)

365.4

31

Increase in non-cash value of KCGM Marginal Stockpiles per ounce, 
excluding cash rehandle, processing and royalty charges on their future 
processing

~$260/oz12

Ongoing

Underlying Free Cash Flow

The table above includes an estimate of the 
increases in the above-mentioned charges, when 
compared to the aggregate charges to earnings that 
would have previously arisen by the two merged 
companies on a separate basis. No adjustments 
have been made to Underlying NPAT, EBITDA, 

Adjusted EBITDA or Cash Earnings for the items 
outlined in the above table. The amounts shown in 
this table are pre-tax and, due to the revaluation of 
these amounts for tax purposes, it is expected that 
there will be a corresponding reduction in future 
cash tax payments.

Cash flow 

Cash flows include contributions from the Saracen 
business from 12 February 2021. Cash flows from 
operating activities for the 12 months ended 30 
June 2021 were $1,076.8 million, being 52 percent 
higher than the previous financial year driven 
principally by increased revenues from higher 

gold sold on the back of the expanded business 
post-merger and a 3 percent increase in realised 
gold price per ounce received for the year. Income 
taxes paid were higher for the year (2021: $140.9 
million; 2020: $41.3 million) consistent with stronger 
revenues post-merger (monthly tax instalments are 

11.  Estimate makes assumptions about the blend of production from different mining areas that have differing depreciation and amortisation rates and the 

future production activities may differ proportionately to this estimate. Further depreciation and amortisation rates are reviewed annually and are subject 
to the estimation uncertainties outlined in Note 8(d) of the financial statements. 

12.  These non-cash charges will affect profit and loss at the time the related gold recovered is sold. Consequently, the timing and amount of these charges in 
future periods depends on when these stockpiles are processed and sold. Carrying value per estimated ounce of contained gold (~616Moz at 1.03gpt) on 
the KCGM Marginal Stockpiles at 30 June 2021 was $1,013/oz.

FY22 Production & Costs Guidance

The following guidance was announced to the ASX on 22 July 2021 

table 7  FY22 Production and Costs Guidance

Site

Kalgoorlie

Yandal

Pogo

Group

Production

AISC/Oz

(Koz)

(A$)

900 - 950

1,500 - 1,600

430 - 450

1,375 - 1,475

220 - 250

1,700 - 1,800

1,550 - 1,650

1,475 - 1,575

13.  Mergers and acquisitions includes: 30 June 2021- Saracen cash obtained on Merger ($402.5 million) less acquisitions of assets during the period ($11.9 

million) and merger and acquisition related costs paid ($72.5). 30 June 2020 – merger and acquisition related costs paid (6.7 million), acquisition of assets 
($177.7 million) and payments for acquisition of businesses net of cash acquired ($1,137.9 million)

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021Continuing to 
increase our reserves
and resources.

Exploration drilling at Pogo 
Operations. 

Resources 
& Reserves

RESOuRCES & RESERVES  

RESOuRCES & RESERVES    

Mineral Resources   

MINERAL RESOURCES AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

MINERAL RESOURCES AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

MEASURED

INDICATED

INFERRED 

TOTAL RESOURCES

MEASURED

INDICATED

INFERRED 

TOTAL RESOURCES

Tonnes   Grade   Ounces  

Tonnes    Grade   Ounces  

 Tonnes    Grade  Ounces  

Tonnes    Grade   Ounces  

Tonnes   Grade   Ounces  

Tonnes    Grade   Ounces  

 Tonnes    Grade  Ounces  

Tonnes    Grade   Ounces  

NST ATTRIBUTABLE INCLUSIVE OF RESERVE

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

NST ATTRIBUTABLE INCLUSIVE OF RESERVE

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 (000’s)  

 (gpt)  

 (000’s)  

 44 

 5,441 

 1.3 

 234 

 3,489 

 1.2 

 131 

 10,220 

 1.2 

 409 

Surface 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

SKO GOLD PROJECT

 39,046 

 3.2 

 3,963 

 12,469 

 2.6 

 1,025 

 51,634 

 3.0 

 4,992 

Underground

 1,932 

 2.8 

 174 

 11,681 

 2.9 

 1,085 

 9,148 

 2.9 

 860 

 22,761 

 2.9 

 2,119 

Surface 

 1,290 

Underground

 119 

 597 

 -   

 1.1 

 1.2 

 1.3 

 -   

 5 

 21 

 6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 597 

 1.3 

 -   

 -   

 21 

 6 

 2,007 

 1.2 

 75 

 44,488 

 2.9 

 4,197 

 15,957 

 2.3 

 1,156 

 62,452 

 2.7 

 5,428 

Stockpiles

Jubilee ROM stocks

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total SKO

 -   

 -   

 38 

 3.6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4 

 1 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 38 

 3.6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4 

 1 

 1,970 

 2.8 

 180 

 11,681 

 2.9 

 1,085 

 9,148 

 2.9 

 860 

 22,799 

 2.9 

 2,125 

Surface 

 2,800 

 2.6 

 237 

 17,116 

 1.9 

 1,045 

 5,310 

 1.5 

 263 

 25,226 

 1.9 

 1,545 

CAROSUE DAM GOLD PROJECT

Underground

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

Surface 

 3,123 

 1.5 

 149 

 24,270 

 1.6 

 1,278 

 9,670 

 1.4 

 429 

 37,062 

 1.6 

 1,856 

 2,800 

 2.6 

 237 

 17,116 

 1.9 

 1,045 

 5,310 

 1.5 

 263 

 25,226 

 1.9 

 1,545 

Underground

 6,522 

 2.9 

 602 

 13,968 

 2.6 

 1,184 

 6,583 

 2.9 

 546 

 27,074 

 2.8 

 2,332 

JUNDEE GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Jundee

BRONZEWING PROJECT

Sub-Total Bronzewing

THUNDERBOX

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

 -   

 -   

 -   

 354 

 12.0 

 136 

 354 

 12.0 

 136 

PAULSENS PROJECT

Surface 

 1,795 

Underground

 5,503 

 1,664 

 -   

 1.3 

 2.1 

 1.4 

 -   

 77 

 28,104 

 1.7 

 1,538 

 2,752 

 1.6 

 365 

 11,606 

 2.1 

 802 

 2,381 

 2.4 

 41 

 4 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 140 

 180 

 -   

 -   

 32,651 

 1.7 

 1,755 

 19,490 

 2.2 

 1,347 

 1,664 

 1.4 

 -   

 -   

 41 

 4 

Sub-Total Thunderbox

 8,961 

 1.7 

 483 

 39,710 

 1.8 

 2,340 

 5,133 

 1.9 

 321 

 53,805 

 1.8 

 3,144 

CONSOLIDATED YANDAL OPERATIONS

Total Yandal Operations

POGO PROJECT

 13,769 

 1.8 

 799 

 101,314 

 2.3 

 7,582 

 26,401 

 2.1 

 1,740 

 141,483 

 2.2 

 10,121 

36

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Pogo

KCGM

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total KCGM

KANOWNA GOLD PROJECT

Surface 

Underground

Surface 

Underground

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 7 

 7 

 -   

 -   

 12,864 

 9.5 

 3,949 

 9,679 

 9.0 

 2,814 

 22,543 

 9.3 

 6,764 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 7 

 12,864 

 9.5 

 3,949 

 10,033 

 9.1 

 2,951 

 22,897 

 9.4 

 6,907 

206,004 

 1.8 

12,110 

103,458 

 1.4 

 4,715 

 309,462 

 1.7 

16,825 

 40,757 

 2.0 

 2,603 

 51,316 

 2.4 

 3,878 

 92,073 

 2.2 

 6,481 

 124,669 

 0.7 

 2,964 

 -   

 -   

 29 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 124,669 

 0.7 

 2,941 

 -   

 -   

 29 

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Underground

 3,424 

 147 

 -   

 3.1 

 2.1 

 -   

 10 

 7 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 147 

 2.1 

 -   

 -   

 10 

 7 

Sub-Total Kanowna 

 3,572 

 3.1 

 360 

 14,171 

 2.6 

 1,204 

 12,216 

 2.3 

 901 

 29,958 

 2.6 

 2,464 

KUNDANA GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles RHP

Gold in Circuit

Surface 

 -   

 -   

Underground

 541 

 4.2 

 49 

 3.3 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 73 

 5 

 1 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4,074 

 4.4 

 571 

 3,267 

 3.8 

 403 

 7,882 

 4.1 

 1,047 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 49 

 3.1 

 -   

 -   

 5 

 1 

Sub-Total Kundana Gold

 590 

 4.2 

 80 

 4,074 

 4.4 

 571 

 3,267 

 3.8 

 403 

 7,931 

 4.1 

 1,053 

EAST KUNDANA JOINT VENTURE

Surface 

 1 

 9.3 

 0 

 125 

 5.3 

 21 

 26 

 3.7 

 3 

 153 

 5.1 

 25 

Underground

 1,071 

 6.3 

 218 

 2,751 

 5.2 

 464 

 2,032 

 4.5 

 292 

 5,854 

 5.2 

 974 

Stockpiles RHP

Stockpiles Raleigh

Stockpiles GEM (100%)

Gold in Circuit

 43 

 3.0 

 0 

 5 

 -   

 1.7 

 3.9 

 -   

 4 

 0 

 1 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 43 

 3.0 

 0 

 5 

 -   

 1.7 

 3.9 

 -   

 4 

 0 

 1 

 -   

Sub-Total East Kundana JV

 1,121 

 6.2 

 223 

 2,876 

 5.2 

 485 

 2,058 

 4.5 

 295 

 6,056 

 5.2 

 1,003 

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Carosue Dam

CARBINE PROJECT

Surface 

Underground

Sub-Total Carbine

CONSOLIDATED KALGOORLIE OPS

 3,212 

 2.0 

 -   

 -   

 81 

 7 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 3,212 

 2.0 

 -   

 -   

 81 

 7 

 12,857 

 2.0 

 838 

 38,238 

 2.0 

 2,463 

 16,253 

 2.0 

 975 

 67,348 

 2.0 

 4,275 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 2,136 

 1.8 

 753 

 3.7 

 2,889 

 2.3 

 123 

 90 

 213 

 537 

 1.5 

 1,334 

 3.4 

 1,871 

 2.9 

 26 

 148 

 174 

 2,673 

 1.7 

 149 

 2,087 

 3.5 

 238 

 4,760 

 2.5 

 387 

Total Kalgoorlie Operations

 145,276 

 1.0 

 4,673 

 320,691 

 2.0   20,733 

 199,587 

 1.9 

 12,201 

 665,553 

 1.8   37,606 

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Paulsens

ASHBURTON PROJECT

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Ashburton

Surface 

 -   

 -   

Underground

 341 

 5.8 

 11 

 -   

 1.6 

 -   

 -   

 64 

 1 

 0 

 129 

 3.1 

 88 

 5.6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 13 

 16 

 -   

 -   

 1,766 

 1.9 

 106 

 1,895 

 2.0 

 43 

 6.6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 9 

 -   

 -   

 473 

 5.8 

 11 

 -   

 1.6 

 -   

 119 

 89 

 1 

 0 

37

 353 

 5.7 

 65 

 217 

 4.1 

 29 

 1,809 

 2.0 

 115 

 2,379 

 2.7 

 209 

Surface

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 98 

 1.6 

 -   

 -   

 98 

 1.6 

 5 

 -   

 5 

 444 

 1.2 

 -   

 -   

 444 

 1.2 

 17 

 -   

 17 

 542 

 1.3 

 -   

 -   

 542 

 1.3 

 22 

 -   

 22 

WESTERN TANAMI PROJECT

Surface/Underground 

 107 

 7.8 

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Western Tanami 

 375 

 1.4 

 482 

 2.8 

 27 

 17 

 44 

 1,079 

 6.0 

 208 

 1,449 

 5.8 

 271 

 2,635 

 6.0 

 506 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 375 

 1.4 

 17 

 1,079 

 6.0 

 208 

 1,449 

 5.8 

 271 

 3,010 

 5.4 

 523 

NORTHERN STAR TOTAL

 162,941 

 1.1 

 5,832 

440,693 

 2.3   32,907 

 244,565 

 2.3 

 17,748 

 848,199 

 2.1   56,486 

Note: 
1.  Mineral Resources are inclusive of Ore Reserves.
2.  Mineral Resources are reported at various gold price guidelines: a. A$2,250/oz Au - All Australian assets except Ashburton; b. A$1,850/oz Au - Ashburton; 

US$1,500/oz Au  - USA assets.

3.  Rounding may result in apparent summation differences between tonnes, grade and contained metal content.
4.  Numbers are 100 % NST attributable. 
Competent Persons:
1.  Michael Mulroney
2.  Daniel Howe 
3.  Brook Ekers

 125,166 

 0.7 

 2,993 

 246,762 

 1.9 

 14,713 

 154,774 

 1.7 

 8,593 

 526,702 

 1.6   26,299 

CENTRAL TANAMI PROJECT JV

Surface 

 1 

 1.4 

 0 

 1,065 

 2.5 

 86 

 3,756 

 1.5 

 176 

 4,823 

 1.7 

 262 

Stockpiles

 560 

 0.7 

 13 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 560 

 0.7 

 13 

Surface/Underground 

 2,502 

 2.9 

 232 

 4,430 

 2.8 

 400 

 4,842 

 2.9 

 453 

 11,774 

 2.9 

 1,085 

 344 

 13,106 

 2.7 

 1,118 

 8,459 

 2.7 

 725 

 24,989 

 2.7 

 2,186 

Sub-Total Central Tanami JV

 3,062 

 2.5 

 245 

 4,430 

 2.8 

 400 

 4,842 

 2.9 

 453 

 12,334 

 2.8 

 1,097 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021RESOuRCES & RESERVES  

RESOuRCES & RESERVES    

Ore Reserves 

ORE RESERVES AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

ORE RESERVES AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

NST ATTRIBUTABLE RESERVE

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

NST ATTRIBUTABLE RESERVE

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

(000’s) 

(gpt) 

(000’s) 

PROVED

PROBABLE

TOTAL RESERVE

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

PROVED

PROBABLE

TOTAL RESERVE

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

Grade 

Ounces 

JUNDEE GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Jundee

BRONZEWING PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Bronzewing

THUNDERBOX PROJECT

Surface 

 1,290 

Underground

 119 

 597 

 -   

 2,007 

 1.1 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 -   

 1.2 

 44 

 5 

 21 

 6 

 75 

 998 

 14,126 

 -   

 -   

 1.3 

 4.0 

 -   

 -   

 43 

 2,288 

 1,824 

 14,245 

 -   

 -   

 597 

 -   

 1.2 

 4.0 

 1.1 

 -   

 87 

 1,829 

 21 

 6 

 15,124 

 3.8 

 1,867 

 17,131 

 3.5 

 1,942 

Surface 

 3,600 

 2.0 

 234 

 11,891 

 1.5 

 557 

 15,491 

 1.6 

 791 

Underground

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 3,600 

 2.0 

 234 

 11,891 

 1.5 

 557 

 15,491 

 1.6 

 791 

SKO GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total SKO

CAROSUE DAM PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Carosue Dam

CARBINE PROJECT

 1,471 

 3,636 

 1,445 

 -   

 6,552 

 1.1 

 1.9 

 0.8 

 -   

 1.5 

 54 

 219 

 37 

 4 

 19,605 

 7,983 

 -   

 -   

 1.5 

 1.9 

 -   

 -   

 957 

 485 

 -   

 -   

 21,076 

 11,619 

 1,445 

 -   

 314 

 27,588 

 1.6 

 1,442 

 34,140 

 1.5 

 1.9 

 0.8 

 -   

 1.6 

 1,011 

 704 

 37 

 4 

 1,756 

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Carbine

CONSOLIDATED KALGOORLIE OPS

Surface 

Underground

 -   

 177 

 38 

 -   

 215 

Surface 

 1,323 

Underground

Surface 

Underground

 -   

 734 

 -   

 2,056 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4.0 

 3.1 

 -   

 4.0 

 1.3 

 -   

 1.5 

 -   

 1.5 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 23 

 4 

 1 

 28 

 56 

 -   

 34 

 7 

 97 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 2,254 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 3.4 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 248 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 2,431 

 38 

 -   

 2,254 

 3.4 

 248 

 2,469 

 15,948 

 10,782 

 -   

 -   

 1.4 

 3.0 

 -   

 -   

 734 

 17,271 

 1,023 

 10,782 

 -   

 -   

 734 

 -   

 -   

 3.5 

 3.6 

 -   

 3.5 

 1.4 

 3.0 

 1.5 

 -   

 -   

 270 

 4 

 1 

 276 

 790 

 1,023 

 34 

 7 

 26,731 

 2.0 

 1,757 

 28,787 

 2.0 

 1,855 

 1,241 

 2.0 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 1,241 

 2.0 

 78 

 -   

 -   

 78 

 1,241 

 2.0 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 1,241 

 2.0 

 78 

 -   

 -   

 78 

 12,159 

 1.6 

 622 

 54,603 

 2.2 

 3,866 

 66,762 

 2.1 

 4,489 

PAULSENS PROJECT

Total Kalgoorlie Operations 

 130,676 

 1 

 3,479 

 183,222 

 2 

 11,484 

 313,899 

 1 

 14,963 

Surface 

Underground

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Thunderbox

CONSOLIDATED YANDAL OPERATIONS

Total Yandal Operations

POGO GOLD PROJECT

38

Surface 

Underground

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Pogo

KCGM

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total KCGM

KANOWNA GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Kanowna

KUNDANA GOLD PROJECT

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Kundana Gold

EAST KUNDANA JOINT VENTURE

Surface 

Underground

Stockpiles RHP

Stockpiles Raleigh

Stockpiles GEM (100%)

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total East Kundana JV

Surface 

Underground

 -   

 106 

 124,669 

 -   

Surface 

Underground

Surface 

Underground

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 2.1 

 0.7 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 7 

 7 

 -   

 7 

 2,941 

 29 

 -   

 5,852 

 -   

 -   

 5,852 

 131,932 

 13,561 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 7.9 

 -   

 -   

 8 

 1.8 

 2.1 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 1,491 

 5,852 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 1,491 

 5,852 

 7,697 

 131,932 

 912 

 13,667 

 -   

 -   

 124,669 

 -   

 -   

 7.9 

 -   

 -   

 8 

 1.8 

 2.1 

 0.7 

 -   

 -   

 1,491 

 -   

 7 

 1,498 

 7,697 

 919 

 2,941 

 29 

 125,272 

 0.7 

 3,000 

 145,493 

 1.8 

 8,609 

 270,766 

 1.3 

 11,609 

 4 

 2,131 

 147 

 -   

 2,282 

 -   

 147 

 49 

 -   

 195 

 -   

 607 

 43 

 0 

 5 

 -   

 656 

 2.1 

 3.0 

 2.1 

 -   

 3.0 

 -   

 5.1 

 3.1 

 -   

 4.8 

 -   

 4.9 

 3.0 

 1.7 

 3.9 

 -   

 4.8 

 0 

 206 

 10 

 7 

 830 

 4,265 

 -   

 -   

 2.6 

 2.6 

 -   

 -   

 69 

 353 

 -   

 -   

 834 

 6,396 

 147 

 -   

 223 

 5,095 

 2.6 

 422 

 7,377 

 -   

 24 

 5 

 1 

 30 

 -   

 96 

 4 

 0 

 1 

 -   

 -   

 1,336 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4.3 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 184 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 1,483 

 49 

 -   

 1,336 

 4.3 

 184 

 1,531 

 124 

 949 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 3.9 

 5.5 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 16 

 169 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 124 

 1,555 

 43 

 0 

 5 

 -   

 101 

 1,073 

 5.4 

 185 

 1,729 

 2.6 

 2.7 

 2.1 

 -   

 2.7 

 -   

 4.4 

 3.1 

 -   

 4.4 

 3.9 

 5.3 

 3.0 

 1.7 

 3.9 

 -   

 5.1 

 69 

 559 

 10 

 7 

 645 

 -   

 208 

 5 

 1 

 214 

 16 

 265 

 4 

 0 

 1 

 -   

 286 

39

Surface 

Underground

Stockpiles

Gold in Circuit

Sub-Total Paulsens

ASHBURTON PROJECT

Surface 

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Ashburton

CENTRAL TANAMI PROJECT JV

Underground

Underground

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Central Tanami JV

WESTERN TANAMI PROJECT

Stockpiles

Sub-Total Western Tanami 

 -   

 186 

 11 

 -   

 197 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 5.1 

 1.6 

 -   

 4.9 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 31 

 1 

 -   

 31 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 84 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4.0 

 -   

 -   

 84 

 4.0 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 11 

 -   

 -   

 11 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 269 

 11 

 -   

 281 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 4.8 

 1.6 

 -   

 4.6 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 41 

 1 

 -   

 42 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

NORTHERN STAR TOTAL

 143,033 

 0.9 

 4,139 

 243,761 

 2.2 

 16,852 

 386,794 

 1.7 

 20,992 

Note: 
1.  Ore Reserves  are reported at various gold price guidelines: a. A$1,750/oz Au - All Australian assets except Bronzewing; b. A$1,850/oz Au - Bronzewing; 

US$1,350/oz Au  - USA assets.

2.  Rounding may result in apparent summation differences between tonnes, grade and contained metal content.
3.  Ounces are estimates of metal contained in the Ore Reserve and do not include allowances for processing losses.  
4.  Numbers are 100 % NST attributable. 
Competent Persons:
1.  Jeff Brown 
2.  Stephen King
Ibrahim Omari
3. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021A maintenance employee 
inspects the conveyor belt at 
the Carosue Dam processing 
plant, Kalgoorlie operations. 

40

RESOuRCES & RESERVES  

Resources and Reserves
As at 31 March 2021, Northern Star’s Consolidated Group Mineral Resource 
Estimate (inclusive of Ore Reserves) was 848.2 million tonnes at 2.1 grams 
per tonne gold for 56.5 million ounces (refer Table 1) and the Consolidated 
Group Ore Reserve Estimate is 386.8 million tonnes at 1.7 grams per 
tonne gold for 21.0 million ounces (refer Table 2). Reported in ASX release 
“Resources, Reserves and Exploration Update” on 3 May 2021 which is also 
found on Northern Star’s website (https://www.nsrltd.com/investor-and-
media/asx-announcements/2021/may/resources,-reserves-and-exploration-
update).

The Mineral Resource inventory growth stems from Northern Star’s 
exploration success at its Jundee, Pogo and KCGM Operations portfolio and 
the merger with Saracen and after mining depletion of 1.1 million ounces. 
Group Mineral Resources increased significantly by 7.5 million ounces gold 
from 49.0 million ounces gold as at 30 June 2020 to the current 56.5 million 
ounces gold Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource, after 
mining depletion of 1.1 million ounces.

Group Proved and Probable Ore Reserve increased by 2.0 million ounces 
gold from 19.0 million ounces gold as at 30 June 2020 to the current 21.0 
million ounces gold Proven and Probable Reserve at 31 March 2021, after 
mining depletion of 1.1 million ounces.

Northern Star is not aware of any other new information or data that 
materially affects the information contained in the Annual Mineral Resource 
and Ore Reserve statement 31 March 2021 other than changes due to normal 
mining depletion during the three month period ended 30 June 2021. 

Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve governance and internal 
controls
Northern Star ensures that the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates 
quoted are subject to governance arrangements and internal controls 
activated at a site level and at the corporate level. Internal and external 
reviews of Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimation procedures and 
results are carried out through a technical review team that is comprised 
of highly competent and qualified professionals. These reviews have not 
identified any material issues. The Company has finalised its governance 
framework in relation to the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates in 
line with the expansion of its business.

Northern Star reports its Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves on an 
annual basis in accordance with the Australasian Code for Reporting of 
Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (the JORC Code) 
2012 Edition. Mineral Resources are quoted inclusive of Ore Reserves. 
Competent Persons named by Northern Star are Members or Fellows of 
the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and/or the Australian 
Institute of Geoscientists and qualify as Competent Persons as defined in 
the JORC Code.

Competent Persons Statements
The information in this announcement that relates to Mineral Resource 
estimations, exploration results, data quality and geological interpretations 
for the Company’s Jundee (including Julius Project), Pogo, Paulsens and 
Kalgoorlie Operations (excluding the KCGM Operations) is based on, and 
fairly represents, information compiled by Michael Mulroney, a Competent 
Person who is a Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and 
Metallurgy and a full-time employee of Northern Star Resources Limited. 
Mr Mulroney has sufficient experience that is relevant to the styles of 
mineralisation and type of deposits under consideration and to the activity 
being undertaken to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 
Edition of the "Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves". Mr Mulroney consents to the 
inclusion in this announcement of the matters based on this information in 
the form and context in which it appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to Mineral Resource 
estimations, exploration results, data quality and geological interpretations 
for the Company’s Carosue Dam, Thunderbox and KCGM Operations is 
based on, and fairly represents, information compiled by Daniel Howe, a 
Competent Person who is a Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining 
and Metallurgy and a full-time employee of Northern Star Resources 
Limited. Mr Howe has sufficient experience that is relevant to the styles of 
mineralisation and type of deposits under consideration and to the activity 
being undertaken to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 
Edition of the "Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves". Mr Howe consents to the inclusion in 
this announcement of the matters based on this information in the form and 
context in which it appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to Ore Reserve 
estimations for the Company’s Jundee (including Julius Project), Pogo, 
Paulsens and Kalgoorlie Operations (excluding the KCGM Open Pit and 
Carosue Dam Operations) is based on, and fairly represents, information 
compiled by Jeff Brown, a Competent Person who is a Member of the 
Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and a full-time employee 
of Northern Star Resources Limited. Mr Brown has sufficient experience 
which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit 
under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as a 
Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the "Australasian Code 

for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves". 
Mr Brown consents to the inclusion in this announcement of the matters 
based on this information in the form and context in which it appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to Ore Reserve estimations 
for the Company’s Carosue Dam and Thunderbox Operations is based on, 
and fairly represents, information compiled by Stephen King, a Competent 
Person who is a Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and 
Metallurgy and a full-time employee of Northern Star Resources Limited. Mr 
King has sufficient experience which is relevant to the style of mineralisation 
and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken 
to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the 
"Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources 
and Ore Reserves". Mr King consents to the inclusion in this announcement 
of the matters based on this information in the form and context in which it 
appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to Ore Reserve estimations 
for the Company’s KCGM Open Pit Operations is based on, and fairly 
represents, information compiled by Ibrahim Omari, a Competent Person 
who is a Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and 
a full-time employee of Northern Star Resources Limited. Mr Omari has 
sufficient experience which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type 
of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify 
as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the "Australasian 
Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves". Mr Omari consents to the inclusion in this announcement of the 
matters based on this information in the form and context in which it appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to Mineral Resource 
estimations, data quality, geological interpretations and potential for 
eventual economic extraction for the Groundrush deposit at the Central 
Tanami Gold Project is based on, and fairly represents, information 
compiled by Brook Ekers a Competent Person who is a Member of 
the Australian Institute of Geoscientists and a full-time employee of 
Northern Star Resources Limited. Mr. Ekers has sufficient experience 
which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under 
consideration and to the activity which he is undertaking to qualify as a 
Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the "Australasian Code 
for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves". 
Mr Ekers consents to the inclusion in this announcement of the matters 
based on this information in the form and context in which it appears.

The information in this announcement that relates to the Central and 
Western Tanami Gold Projects is extracted from the Tanami Gold NL ASX 
announcement entitled “Quarterly Report for the Period Ending 31 March 
2014” released on 1 May 2014 and is available to view on www.tanami.com.au.

The Company confirms that it is not aware of any further new information 
or data that materially affects the information included in the original 
market announcement entitled “Quarterly Report for the Period Ending 
31 March 2014” released on 1 May 2014 and, in the case of estimates of 
Mineral Resources, that all material assumptions and technical parameters 
underpinning the estimates in the relevant market announcement continue 
to apply and have not materially changed. To the extent disclosed above, 
the Company confirms that the form and context in which the Competent 
Person’s findings are presented have not been materially modified from the 
original market announcement.

The information in this announcement that relates to the Bronzewing 
Project (excluding the Julius Project) is extracted from the Echo Resources 
Ltd announcement entitled “Yandal Gold Project BFS & Growth Strategy” 
released on 23 April 2019 and is available to view on www.asx.com.au.

The Company confirms that it is not aware of any further new information 
or data that materially affects the information included in the original 
market announcement entitled “Yandal Gold Project BFS & Growth 
Strategy” released on 23 April 2019 and, in the case of estimates of 
Mineral Resources, that all material assumptions and technical parameters 
underpinning the estimates in the relevant market announcement continue 
to apply and have not materially changed. To the extent disclosed above, 
the Company confirms that the form and context in which the Competent 
Person’s findings are presented have not been materially modified from the 
original market announcement.

The information in this announcement that relates to the Mt Clement 
Project is extracted from the Artemis Resources Limited announcement 
entitled “Substantial Resource Increase at Mt Clement Gold & Silver 
Project” released on ASX Announcement dated 26 July 2011 and is available 
to view on www.artemisresources.com.au.

The Company confirms that it is not aware of any further new information or 
data that materially affects the information included in the original market 
announcement entitled “Substantial Resource Increase at Mt Clement Gold 
& Silver Project” released on ASX Announcement dated 26 July 2011 and, 
in the case of estimates of Mineral Resources, that all material assumptions 
and technical parameters underpinning the estimates in the relevant market 
announcement continue to apply and have not materially changed. To the 
extent disclosed above, the Company confirms that the form and context 
in which the Competent Person’s findings are presented have not been 
materially modified from the original market announcement.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021Risk
Management

RISK MANAGEMENt  

Figure 1  Top 10 Company Risks

Risk Level

Low

Medium

High

44

Risk Management

“The Exploration & Growth Committee provides significant risk
management, in reviewing and assessing risks associated with 
major capital projects and business development initiatives,  
and ensuring that appropriate risk mitigation measures have  

been implemented in such projects.”

JOHN RICHARDS, CHAIR OF THE EXPLORATION & GROWTH COMMITTEE

Risk is part of operating a business, and 

Northern Star is committed to the adequate 
identification, monitoring and management 
of material risks presented by our operational and 
corporate activities. A positive culture is fundamental 
to effective risk management in the Company. Our 
Code of Conduct instils values which promote a 
positive culture, requiring transparency, honesty, 
integrity, ethical behaviour and accountability. 
The Independent Board members, who possess 
the required values and a suitable mix of skills and 
diversity of life experience, are at the apex of our 
risk management framework.  Senior management 
is responsible for reinforcing and modelling the 
appropriate behaviours and judgements required 
to maintain effective risk management and risk 
awareness. At the quarterly meetings of the Audit 
and Risk Committee, information about emerging 
and existing risks is presented by management 
and the internal audit function, involving debate on 
operational risk management across all sites and in 
corporate activity. This risk management framework 
enables the Board to identify further areas to mitigate 
risks and continuously monitor and improve risk 
management and internal controls.

Examples of this risk management framework in 
action include crisis management and business 
continuity training drills; comprehensive insurance 
to transfer risk to external insurers; a rigorous 
annual budgeting system based on up to date 
Reserves and Resources information; appropriate 
due diligence and advisory expertise for acquisitions 
and divestments, and the new Exploration and 
Growth Committee provides a forum for technically 
based scrutiny of management decisions on capital 
allocation for organic and inorganic growth initiatives 
in pursuit of the Board’s role in approving and 
monitoring performance of the Company’s strategy.

The quarterly risk review process identifies, assesses 
and prioritises risks, and as part of that process, 

identifies risk mitigation actions to be implemented 
and monitored at all sites, using the risk assessment 
matrix tool. This ensures the Board receives the most 
up to date information about the Company, enabling 
them to make strategic decisions regarding risks 
which affect the Company now, but also those which 
have potential to impact our success in the future. 

Post-merger, we also focused on assessing our 
new Group risk profile and making changes to our 
corporate risk register as a result of our expanded 
operations and Company footprint. 

Figure 1 is a summary of the Company’s top 10 
ranked risks from the Group corporate risk register 
as at the Report date, and Figure 2 shows the key 
environmental1 and social2 risks outside of the top 
10 ranked risks to which the Company has a material 
exposure, that are likely to affect Northern Star’s 
financial condition or operating performance, as 
disclosed in accordance with Recommendation 7.4 in 
the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles & 
Recommendations (4th edition). “Material exposure” 
means a real possibility that the risk in question could 
materially impact the Company’s ability to create 
or preserve value for shareholders over the short, 
medium or longer term. 

Northern Star’s understanding of climate change 
related risks is continually improving with dedicated 
bi-annual climate change related risk assessments as 
part of our risk management process aligned with the 
Task force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) recommendations, to better identify and 
manage risks relating to climate change. These 
include transitional risks and physical risks. Results of 
these climate change risk assessments are submitted 
to both the ESS Committee and the Audit & Risk 
Committee ensuring Board oversight of the risks and 
direction on key measures to be implemented to 
reduce these risks, such as identifying greenhouse 
gas emissions targets and conducting region-wide 
water allocation studies.

Further information is detailed in our latest Sustainability Report available on our website at www.nsrltd.com/sustainability/.

r
o
g
n
i
t
u

l
l

o
p
f
o
s
k
s
i
r

s
e
d
u
c
n

l

i

t
i

,

l

e
p
m
a
x
e
r
o
F

.
s
n
o
i
t
a
d
n
e
m
m
o
c
e
R
d
n
a
s
e
p
c
n
i
r
P

l

i

l
i

c
n
u
o
C
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
X
S
A
e
h
t
n

i

d
e
n
fi
e
d
s
A

.
1

.

e
g
a
t
i
r
e
h

l

i

a
r
u
t
l
u
c
s
'
n
o
g
e
r
a
g
n
n
e
t
a
e
r
h
t

i

r
o
e
r
e
h
p
s
o
m
t
a
e
h
t
n

i

s
l
e
v
e

l

i

n
o
b
r
a
c
o
t
g
n
d
d
a
,
t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
e
e
h
t
g
n
d
a
r
g
e
d

i

Risk

Risk 
#

Inherent 
risk rating

Residual 
risk rating

Key control measures examples

1

2

3

4

5

6

Loss of skilled  
Personnel

Safety

Under-performance 
against shareholder 
expectations

Pandemic or Epidemic 
virus or infectious disease

Market risk

Loss of social licence to 
operate

7

Exploration

8

9

10

Geology

Mining Operations

Not managing stakeholder 
expectations in relation to 
sustainablity

•  Competitive remuneration and benefits framework

•  Ongoing training and mentoring programmes

•  Group Safety Management system

•  Regular audit and review processes

•  Clear communication of investment hurdles and 

corporate strategies

•  Ongoing assessment of operations against guidance

•  Operability levels matrix responding to situational level

•  Maintaining close contact and relationships with 

supply chain

•  Treasury Risk Management Policy addressing 

parameters for managing market risk exposures

•  Maintain access to liquidity through banking facilities

•  Ability to alter/flex operations to suit prevailing 

macro-economic climate

•  Inclusion and engagement with local communities, 

Governments and other key stakeholders

•  Environmental, Social & Safety Committee driving  

ESR plan and sustainability reporting

•  Team competence 

•  Sufficient budget provided to support exploration 

pipeline

•  Exploration & Growth Committee scrutiny

•  LOM review and reserve and resource updates

•  Continued sustained exploration pipeline

•  Mine planning and operational procedures, including 

reconciliation and grade control plans

•  Operational flexiblility 

•  Disclosure of emissions reductions ambition and 

pathways 

•  KMP ESG KPIs aligned to emissions reductions 

Figure 2  Key Environmental and Social Risks

Risk

Risk 
#

Inherent 
risk rating

Residual 
risk rating

Key control measures examples

15

Significant breach  
of Operating Licence 
Conditions

17

Cybersecurity

21

Climate  Change

•  Continued compliance and monitoring of compliance 

with management systems and regulations

•  External independent annual/bi-annual tails dam audit 
(Operating procedure and geo-technical) at all sites

•  Management of wet tailings storage

•  TSF construction reports submitted to relevant 

authorities

•  Management of underground operations to reduce 

waste water

•  Weekly inspections of recycle tailings pond 

•  Offsite disaster recovery for all ICT systems

•  Implementation of a security operations centre off-site 

•  Implemented advanced cybersecurity measures

•  Cyber security training for all employees

•  Water balance model and water usage forecasting

•  Implementation of the TCFD Recommendations

.

i

c
m
e
d
n
a
p
h
t
i

i

w
d
e
t
a
c
o
s
s
a
s
k
s
i
r
d
n
a
y
t
i
n
u
m
m
o
c

l

a
c
o

l

e
h
t
g
n
m
r
a
h

i

,
s
r
e

i
l

p
p
u
s

l

r
o
s
e
e
y
o
p
m
e
g
n
i
t
a
e
r
t
s
i
m

,
k
s
i
r
y
r
e
v
a
l
s
n
r
e
d
o
m

,

l

e
p
m
a
x
e
r
o
F

.

2

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental,
Social, &
Governance

hEALth & SAFEtY  

hEALth & SAFEtY    

health and Safety

Safety is our number one priority. 

Group health, safety and wellbeing continues 

to be a whole-of-Company focus as we 
develop and implement plans that lead 

the way in areas of safety leadership, technology, 
systems, and the practical application of processes, 
to mitigate and remove hazards and safety risks at 
our operations. 

In FY21 as a result of the merger with Saracen, 
Northern Star’s safety team confidently rose to the 
challenge of integrating the safety processes and 
systems of the Thunderbox Operations, the Carosue 
Dam Operations, and a 100% interest in the KCGM 
Operations into Northern Star’s safety processes 
and systems. 

afety

S

It matters 
and starts 
with you

eamwork

T

Together 
we can

ccountability 

A

The 
responsibility 
lies with you

espect

R

To get it 
you must 
give it

esults

R

We deliver 
on our 
promises

Safety

Pre-empting new legislation yet to be enacted in 
Western Australia (the Work Health and Safety Act 
2020, and Work Health and Safety Regulations), 
Northern Star’s workforce is focussing on:

• 

critical hazard and risk identification, and  

•  management tools, in face-to-face externally 
facilitated workshops on site which are aimed 
at:

 -

 -

 -

strengthening workers’ understanding, 

empowering decision making in relation 
to hazard and risk identification, and 
exposure to risk.; and

providing an additional platform for the site 
teams to discuss and qualitatively assess 
critical risks to Northern Star’s operations.

Group health, safety 

and wellbeing 

continues to be a whole 

of Company focus to 

mitigate and remove 

hazards and safety risks 

at our operations. 

_ -    - - - -  - - - -  - - - -  - - - -  - - - -  - - - -  - - - - -  - - - -  - - - - 

48

Safety Snapshot

49

FY21 
LTIFR

0.9

2.1

FY21 
TRIFR

10.0

9.1

5.6

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

1.6

0.5

0.5

2.0

0.9

3.3

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0

6.4

3.3

6.2

5.6

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY19

FY20

FY21

Northern Star

Industry average

FY21 LTIFR of 0.9 includes 100% of KCGM and Saracen safety statistics from 1 July 
2020 – 30 June 2021.

FY19 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western Australian 
Mineral Industry - Accident and Injury Statistics 2017-18 Underground Metalliferous.

FY21 TRIFR of 5.6 includes 100% of KCGM and Saracen safety statistics from 1 July 
2020 – 30 June 2021.

The pre-merger Northern Star TRIFR was 4.2 at 30 June 2021. as a consequence of 
the merger with Saracen the group TRIFR was 5.6 at 30 June 2021. 

FY20 LTIFR and FY20 TRIFR include 50% of KCGM safety statistics from 1 January 
2020 (date on which Northern Star acquired financial benefit of 50% of KCGM).

FY20 & FY21 Industry means the DMIRS Safety Performance in the Western 
Australian Mineral Industry – Accident and Injury Statistics 2018-19 and 2019-20 
Metalliferous total.

There was one fatality in FY21 on 13 July 2020 at the Carosue Dam Operations, 
under previous Saracen ownership (prior to their merger with Northern Star on 12 
February 2021).  

Tobi Freeman, Senior 
Metallurgist at Thunderbox, 
Yandal operations. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021hEALth & SAFEtY  

hEALth & SAFEtY    

50

Case Study:  Work Health and Safety Act 
(WHS Act)– Face-to-Face in the Goldfields

There is no doubt that the WHS Act and 

associated changes are generating conversation 
at all levels of the mining industry. This State-
based harmonisation with National work health and 
safety legislation has been anticipated for several years. 
The absence of a final draft of the Work Health and 
Safety Regulations is contributing to confusion amongst 
workers generally in Western Australia, with questions 
being asked by employees at all levels of the Company 
around what the new legislation will mean for different 
roles. 

Northern Star’s Health and Safety Department took 
the lead in educating our workforce about the changes 
under the WHS Act and the consequences, with a 
series of site-based face-to-face workshops across 
our Western Australian operations. This practical legal 
guidance was delivered by a specialist workplace safety 
lawyer to a broad range of employees, to upskill them 
in preparation for the standards required under the new 
legislation.

In collaboration, we developed legal training materials to 
educate our workforce and onsite Contractors, including 
scrutiny of real case studies of serious incidents in the 
mining industry. The assessment and demonstration of 
potential legal outcomes was invaluable as a method 
to focus the minds of the workforce on the hazards 
and risks presented, what should have occurred and 
been actioned by whom to mitigate the risk or avert 
the incident, as well as understanding the legal liability 
implications of safety incidents and near misses for 
Northern Star.

Over 70 workshops have been delivered to 
approximately 750 Northern Star personnel including 
the Board of Directors, the Executive and senior 
leadership team, our Safety and Health Representatives, 
and the workforce more broadly on site. 

The level of active participation and debate during 
these ~70 separate workshops demonstrated an 
excellent level of engagement in relation to safety and 
related topics on site. In addition, the feedback loop has 
provided an invaluable perspective on:

• 

• 

opportunities and recommendations from the 
workforce for improvement, and

the areas for further focus in the coming year, to 
continue our development of Safety education and 
training for our workforce. 

This built on legal safety workshops conducted at Pogo 
in 2019 by our US specialist workplace safety lawyer. 

Educating our
workforce

Jundee personnel 
undergo onsite training, 
Yandal Operations

51

Northern Star’s Health and Safety Department 

took the lead in educating our workforce about the 

changes under the WHS Act and the consequences, 

with a series of site-based face-to-face workshops 

across our Western Australian operations. 

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021hEALth & SAFEtY  

hEALth & SAFEtY    

hAZIDaR Programme

In FY21 we launched a reward-based programme 
‘HAZIDaR’ across Group sites to encourage and 
incentivise employees: 

• 

to be more aware of hazards through 
established programs such as HAZID and the 
Strive for Five at pre-start meetings; and

Figure 1  How HAZIDaR works

• 

to identify opportunities to rectify hazards 
using the Hierarchy of Control (HoC). 

HAZIDaR results are encouraging, with employees 
already suggesting innovative changes for a safer 
working environment. 

training

Northern Star is constantly investigating 
opportunities to integrate more technology into 
training systems.  In FY21 we explored the use of 
simulator technologies and virtual reality capabilities 
in our training and development programmes, 
allowing us to assess our operators and provide 
targeted development opportunities. 

In FY22, in partnership with Kalgoorlie Central 

TAFE, we will be launching a more structured 
internal training framework which is aligned with 
Australian Qualifications and Training Framework 
(AQTF).  This will enable Northern Star to utilise 
our own training packages, providing employees 
with nationally accredited training and professional 
development, whilst strengthening the safety 
leadership team within Northern Star.  

Everyone in the 
workplace

•  HAZID completed 

prior to commencing 
any tasks; focus on 
Rectification

Pre-Start Meeting

•  Open Hazards discussed 

•  Good & Robust Hazards 

discussed (even if closed out)

•  Crew discussion of any 

key learnings or innovative 
solutions: these are also 
escalated to Dept Manager 
for nomination

•  $50 to be given out by  

Manager for each excellent 
HAZIDaR

52

53

Supervisor / Manager

•  Sign off on all HAZIDaR

•  Unrectified Hazards recorded on Hazard Board 

•  Higher level & rectified Hazards also added to Hazard Board 

•  Total number of Hazards identified & total number rectified 

recorded in INX

Jake Benstead and Matthew 
McDonald of the Fimiston 
Maintenance team, KCGM, 
Kalgoorlie Operations.

health

As part of Northern Star’s commitment to the health 
and wellbeing of our employees we offer a range of 
health and wellbeing services across all operations. 
Our EAP providers, site-based programmes and 
clinical-level occupational health nurses support 
workers in relation to diet and nutrition, mental 
health, physical strength and conditioning, as well as 
general fitness for work. We understand the support 
which is required for employees to maintain mental 
health and physical conditioning. 

Reflecting on FY21, we are grateful for the learnings 
and opportunities identified that have further 
strengthened the Company health and safety 
system. This has, in turn, provided Northern Star with 
the platform to increase our support for the local 
communities which our operations form part of.

Systems

Post-merger, it has been Northern Star’s priority 
to ensure that Saracen safety systems are 
migrated into Northern Star’s internal management 
system, INX, so that systems are consistent 
across the whole Northern Star Group. This is a 
significant undertaking which is therefore being 
completed in two phases. Migration involves 
creating a centralised location of data and 
further educating the workforce on reporting and 
recording incidents, capturing recordable hours, 
co-ordinating flights and accommodation, and 
managing our training requirements to ensure a 

consistent  
approach is used. 

Phase one has been 
completed, with 
the historical data from Saracen and Northern Star 
being reviewed, adjusted to achieve alignment 
with Northern Star classifications, combined 
and collated into the INX modules “InControl”, 
“InTuition” and “InFlight”. We are now in phase two, 
aligning and integrating the safety system of the 
KCGM Operations into our centralised Northern 
Star system.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021PEOPLE & CuLtuRE  

PEOPLE & CuLtuRE    

54

People & Culture

Our STARR Core Values continue to underpin 
how our people work together and provide a solid 
foundation for everything we do.

Throughout FY21 Northern Star has grown in 

the areas of people engagement, delivery, 
training and development, and support.  
Building on our work in previous years, we have 
continued to actively use data analytics and 
technology to better understand our employees’ 
experience and support our employees and their 
families.  

Since 2012 Northern Star has offered eligible 
employees the opportunity to become shareholders 
in the Company through the $1000 Employee 
Share Plan. In FY21, the scheme was offered to 
new employees who joined with us as part of the 
merger with Saracen. We are pleased that now 
93% of eligible employees have chosen to become 
shareholders in Northern Star, investing in the 
Company’s future growth and aligned with our other 
shareholders. 

Development

In FY20 we developed a customised leadership 
development programme, which we continued to 
deliver to all of our sites in FY21. The programme 
focusses on increasing our leaders’ self-awareness 
and strategies to coach and develop their people 
and teams. With COVID-19 related travel restrictions 
still in place during FY21, we worked with our 
Pogo workforce remotely to deliver the leadership 
development programme via an interactive online 
format, to ensure their development was not 
compromised.  

Growing our senior leaders’ capability to lead and 
develop our people is key to the future success 
of the Company. As part of their leadership 
development, an internationally recognised 
programme, Dare to Lead ™ is being facilitated 
across all of our sites through online modules 
and one-on-one coaching.  This will be further 
complemented by additional profiling, coaching, 
education, networking and leadership activities 
planned for FY22.

Paid Parental Leave

As part of our commitment to a diverse and 
inclusive workplace and harmonising our employee 
benefits, in August 2021 Northern Star announced 
a harmonised Australian paid parental leave benefit. 
The maximum benefit provides 20 weeks’ paid 
leave, additional return to work payments, and 
superannuation and long service leave top up. 
This level of benefits positions Northern Star with 
industry leaders in Australia, making us an atttractive 
employer. The benefit increases with service and 
therefore provides an important retention tool in this 
period of high people demand. The application in 
our US operations is currently being reviewed in line 
with applicable legislation and benchmarks, and will 
be finalised in FY22. 

Culture

Our STARR Core Values are at the heart of our 
culture. They guide our decisions and behaviours; 
Safety, Teamwork, Accountability, Respect and 
Results are all integral to how Northern Star 
operates. As part of the merger, we continue to 
embed the STARR Core Values across all sites to 
ensure that they are understood and adopted by all 
employees.

Northern Star uses annual culture surveys to gain an 
understanding of our people and their experiences 
as Northern Star employees. Pre-merger, our second 
culture survey was completed in December 2020 
by all Northern Star sites, measuring the STARR 
Core Values, engagement and wellbeing. With an 
employee participation rate of 82%, the survey 
results help us to celebrate what we are doing well, 
and identify opportunities for improvement. 

After completion, results were delivered to each 
site by site leaders. Site teams created actions to 
respond to areas identified for improvement. In 
FY22, we will conduct a survey to capture the data 
of the expanded Group employees and additional 
sites to create a new baseline for data across the 
whole Northern Star Group and allow us to track 
future progress more accurately.  

55

L to R: Angelo Villanueva, Cleo 
Leunig and Kalum Rogers, 
Carosue Dam's Metallurgical 
team, Kalgoorlie operations.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021PEOPLE & CuLtuRE    

57

Mental health & Wellness

T he mental and physical health and wellbeing 

of our employees is our priority. Our 
demonstrated strengths during the COVID-19 
pandemic are: Northern Star’s culture of Teamwork, 
the organic support networks embedded throughout 
our workforce, and our increased use of technology 
to better connect employees. We have continued to 
leverage off these in FY21. 

Northern Star’s Mental Health First Aid Programme 
continues to expand to ensure our frontline 
supervisors and management are equipped through 
the 12 hour programme to provide on-the-ground, 
early intervention support and referral to their 
colleagues who are experiencing mental health 
challenges. In FY22, COVID-19 restrictions allowing, 
we look forward to re-offering the programme to 
people in our near mine communities.

Northern Star’s Contractors make up 42% of 
our workforce and we are committed to offering 
opportunities to improve and strengthen their 

knowledge, mental and physical health and 
wellbeing. Northern Star encourages Contractors to 
engage and utilise the Group programmes offered 
across our sites, including the social activities and 
services and access to our EAP Hotline whilst on 
site. In FY21, our Contractors also participated in our 
WHS Act legislation training and played a critical 
role in our F1 Business Improvement Programme, 
which involved employees and Contractors 
working side by side to solve challenges and create 
innovative solutions for our operations. In FY22, 
we will continue to offer training and development 
opportunities to support a meaningful, constructive 
and collaborative relationship with our Contractors.

With a focus on minimising psychosocial harm, we 
continue to build on valuable relationships with 
our EAP providers, gaining important insights from 
de-identified data to understand trends and help us 
target interventions to support our workforce, both 
employees and site Contractors.

Marie-Clare Parks, 
Exploration Geology 
Technician at Thunderbox, 
Yandal operations. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021PEOPLE & CuLtuRE  

PEOPLE & CuLtuRE    

Culture & Capability

Our People in Numbers

Figure 1  Key elements that underpin our culture and capability

•  GoldStarr Wellness & Benefits Hub

•  Second opinion Best Doctors service

•  FaceTime Exercise Physiologists

•  Mindfulness & Workout Programs 

•  Industry Leading Mental Health Programs

•  300 internationally accredited Mental 

Health First Aider

Attract 
& Retain

•  World class Assets

•  Diverse Portfolio

•  Growth Trajectory

•  Huge Intellectual Capital

•  Employee Engagement Specialist

•  Culture Checkpoint Survey

•  Cloud based Communications 

Platform

Wellness

Develop

58

•  Agile, fast feedback culture

•  Succession development KMP

•  Digital Performance Dashboards

•  Cross-Asset, Cross-Discipline 

Development Program

high
Performance

Gender Balance

Figure 2  Gender composition of the workforce in Australia (% females)

•  Graduate Program

•  Customised Capability 

Framework

•  Emerging Leaders 

Program 

•  360 Degree Feedback 

Senior Leaders

•  1-on-1 Coaching

.

0
2
0
2
h
c
r
a
M

1
3
a
t
a
d
A
E
G
W
d
e
h
s
i
l

b
u
p
t
s
a

l

KMP (excluding CEO)

Directors

Other Executives /  
General Managers

4.8%

Senior Managers

Other Managers

Non-Managers

13.6%

15.4%

15.3%

18.5%

18.0%

30.8%

25.0%

33.3%

29.9%

25.4%

24.3%

Key

Northern Star

Comparison group*

s
i

p
u
o
r
G
n
o
s
i
r
a
p
m
o
C

*

1
2
0
2
t
s
u
g
u
A

t
a
s
A

^

l

t
a
s
a
s
e
e
y
o
p
m
e
+
0
0
0
1
h
t
i

i

i

i

w
s
e
n
a
p
m
o
C
g
n
n
M
e
r
O
d
o
G
A
E
G
W

l

Employees who
are shareholders

Female
participation

Apprentices/trainees
and Graduates

80% 24% 8%

total 
employees^

total Contractors
across Group sites

3,383 2,524

59

Culture Survey

Engagement

76%

Positive

+1%

Wellbeing

75%

Positive

+4%

Respect

71%

Positive

+2%

teamwork

70%

Positive

+4%

Participation rate: 82%. Sites surveyed: Pogo, Kalgoorlie Operation, Jundee, Bronzewing, Corporate

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SuStAINABILItY  

SuStAINABILItY    

Sustainability

Northern Star regularly identifies and updates the range of 
sustainability issues which we consider are likely to affect the 
financial condition or operating performance of Northern Star. 

Northern Star’s Mission

To generate superior returns for our shareholders, while providing 

positive benefits for our stakeholders, through  operational 

effectiveness, exploration and active portfolio management.

The image below reflects the SASB 
financial materiality map for  
Northern Star, based on our industry.

60

Employees

STARR Core Values

Physical and mental wellbeing

Inclusion, diversity, fair processes

Competitive pay and benefits

Environment

Energy use and GHG emissions 
reduction focus

Water security and efficient use 

Hazardous material and waste 
management

Rehabilitation and closure

In FY21 we undertook an ESG perception 

study involving direct discussion by an 
external consultant with institutional investors 
representing one third of the Company’s register, 
both before and after the merger. This allowed 
us to explore whether there were any unforeseen 
or unexpected common themes of interest in 
relation to the sustainability of our operations 
across our institutional shareholders, as well as 
identify opportunities to meet stakeholders’ general 
expectations from an ESG perspective in relation to 
future operational decisions and ESG disclosures.  
For instance, the study informed us on how some 
investors are formally pricing carbon and taking into 
account water use when assessing relative valuation 
whilst other investors focus more on potential 
controversies and reputational risk areas in the 
communities in which we operate, and human rights 
violations risks.

We think it is important that our workforce have the 
opportunity to fully understand the sustainability 
issues for Northern Star’s business, and we aim 
to increase the level of information and education 
extended to our workforce in this area, for example 
in offering presentations on our TCFD journey to 
date.  This level of communication is particularly 
important following the merger to ensure that all 
employees have the opportunity to understand 
and appreciate how Northern Star is increasing its 
operational resilience and enhancing its business 
continuity for future value creation for shareholders.

To allow employees’ added involvement in 
relation to sustainability issues for Northern Star, 
we facilitated several externally facilitated ESG 

Figure 1  Voluntary Alignments

Native flora at 
Thunderbox, Yandal 
operations.

Focus Group discussions with voluntary employee 
participants across most sites. This provided 
valuable insights on what is important to our 
workforce allowing us to recalibrate the information 
provided to employees and included in decision 
making.

Annually, an employee representative is appointed 
to attend ESS Committee meetings, to increase 
employee engagement in the Committee’s 
discussions and recommendations to the Board.  

We continue our climate change related risk 
assessment work aligned to the recommendations 
of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) and support continued action on 
the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 

61

Social

Governance

Support local economic development

Social and community support 

Increase local employment and procurement

Free Prior and Informed Consent principles

Prudent financial and operational 
management

Corporate governance and ethics

Risk management framework

Supply chain integrity

Governance

Strategy

Risk

Metrics  
& targets

We understand and appreciate that disclosing 
our sustainability performance is a critical part of 
gaining and maintaining stakeholder trust. In FY21, 
we established a dedicated ESG engagement 
team reporting direct to the Executive, and we 
strengthened our resources to improve the range, 

quality and integrity of data on sustainability issues. 
This includes the use of Nasdaq’s OneReport unified 
platform for responding to sustainability questions 
raised by external stakeholders allowing us to more 
efficiently participate in reporting such as CDP, GRI 
and S&P Dow Jones. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021SuStAINABILItY  

SuStAINABILItY    

Climate Change 

Figure 2  Net Zero ambition for Scope 1-2 GHG Emissions by 2050

Our current focus is to ensure operational resilience 
to climate change related risks and setting clear 
greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets. 

Focussing our efforts on first modifying the source 
of electricity at our operations provides the greatest 
opportunity for change in our emissions profile.

2021

2030

Existing 
Technology

2040

Innovation

path

Indicative Scope 1-2 

way (t C

O2-e)

Renewable Energy 
- Wind 

Renewable 
Energy - 
Wind & Solar

Electrified 
Fleet

Battery 
/Electrified 
Fleet

Hydrogen  
Fleet

Gas,/Propane, 
Coal, Diesel

Gas, Diesel

62

Grid, Gas, Diesel

Grid Greening

Renewable Energy - 
Wind & Solar

Electrified/
Hydrogen Fleet

Key

Kalgoorlie

Yandal

Pogo

Carbon Capture Offsets

In FY21 our Board embraced a shift in focus to 
mitigating climate change related risks. Northern 
Star adopted a Climate Change Policy (nsrltd.com/
about/corporategovernance) announcing Net Zero 
ambition for scope 1-2 greenhouse gas emissions 
by 2050.  Detailed planning for our Paris-aligned1 
emissions reduction roadmap is underway to be 
disclosed in our 2021 Sustainability Report for 
release in March 2022.

Detailed planning for our  

Paris-aligned emissions 

reduction roadmap is underway 

to be disclosed in our 2021 

Sustainability Report.

1.  Paris-aligned refers to ‘The Paris Agreement’ the legally binding international treaty on climate change which was adopted by 196 Parties at the 21st 

session of the United Nations Conference of the Parties, in Paris on 12 December 2015, and entered into force on 4 November 2016.

Figure 3  Northern Star Scope 1 & 2 Emissions by Source (t CO2-e)

3%

Haulage & LV 
Transport - On Road 
(Diesel, ULP)

25%

Mine Fleet transport - 
Off Road (Diesel)

2%

Other (Grease, 
Acetylene, 
Lubricants, LPG)

70%

Electricity - Purchase 
& Generated (Grid, 
Gas, Diesel)

Yvonne Hynes, Senior 
Environmental & Social 
Responsibility Advisor at Kanowna 
Belle, Kalgoorlie Operations. 

Northern Star’s Sustainability Report

Northern Star publishes a standalone annual 
Sustainability Report on our ESG performance on a 
calendar year basis.  Our 2020 Sustainability Report 
released on 11 February 2021 contains detailed ESG 
data, case studies and other disclosures aligned to 
SASB, TCFD and the UN SDGs.  

Sustainability
Report 2020

View our most
recent 
Sustainability
Report 
Visit:  
nsrltd.com/
sustainability

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021SuStAINABILItY  

SuStAINABILItY    

heritage related infringements or human rights 
violations detected in our supply chain

Materially adverse Community incidents

Local Community Engagement

Northern Star acknowledges that our activities 
impact the local communities near our operations, 
and that those impacts, both negative and positive, 
are critical to maintaining our social licence to 
operate. Our Mission commits us to providing 
positive benefits for our stakeholders through 
operational effectiveness, exploration and active 
portfolio management.

By way of example of one of the communities we are 
integrated in, Northern Star’s acquisition of 100% 
of KCGM in FY21, the Company’s commitment to 
working with the communities in Kalgoorlie-Boulder 
can be summarised as follows:

1. 

Ensuring that our operations are mutually 
beneficial by investing in our majority 
residential workforce and supporting local 
businesses and community groups.

2. 

3. 

Being responsive to those impacted by 
our operations by engaging with near-mine 
communities in a timely and respectful manner, 
and by responding to complaints promptly.

Listening to communities so that we 
understand the issues that matter most to 
them.

4.  Understanding our impacts through impact 
assessments of major projects, and the 
ongoing monitoring of the social, economic 
and environmental impacts of our operations.

5.  Holding ourselves to account by making 
publicly-available the results of quarterly 
Kalgoorlie-Boulder Community Pulse 
surveys by independent external consultant 
VoconiqTM on KCGM’s social performance 
and environmental monitoring, at: https://
voconiqlocalvoices.com/results-kcgm/.  

65

KCGM External Relations Advisors 
examine a Marsdenia australis fruit with 
Kym Eckert from the Kalgoorlie-Boulder 
Urban Landcare Group, Kalgoorlie. 

Economic Value Add

The economic value that Northern Star returns 
to society has seen year-on-year growth, and 
totals $ 3.4B for FY21.  The figure below provides 
a breakdown of those economic contributions, 

including State and Federal taxes and charges, 
employee and supplier spend, community 
investments, donations and sponsorship, and 
dividends paid to shareholders in the year to 30 
June 2021.

Figure 4  FY21 Total Economic Value Add2

$4M

Community 
Investments

$348M

Tax, Stamp Duty & 
WA Gov Royalties

64

total Economic
Value Add

$3.4B

$353M

Dividends Paid to 
shareholders

$2,165M

Goods & Services Payments

$493M

Total Employee Costs

Modern Slavery 

Northern Star condemns all human rights abuses, 
including modern slavery practices in all its forms. 
Modern slavery is a business risk for every industry 
and sector, which has severe consequences for 
victims. We recognise our role in protecting the 
human rights of all people involved in, or impacted 
by, our business practices. We take meaningful steps 
to identify and address our modern slavery risks and 
maintain responsible and transparent supply chains. 

In February 2021, Northern Star published its first 
mandatory Modern Slavery Statement under the 
Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth) covering FY20.  An 
update on steps taken by us in H1 FY21 appeared in 
our 2020 Sustainability Report.

Please refer to our FY21 Modern Slavery Statement 
released together with this Report for detailed 
disclosures on how we are addressing modern slavery.

View our
FY21 Modern
Slavery Statement. 
Visit:

nsrltd.com/about/
corporate-governance

24 August 2021 

nsrltd.com 

|          Northern Star Resources Limited Modern Slavery Statement covering financial year ended 30 June 2021

2.  This figure includes all Northern Star Group entities as at 30 June 2021 for full year FY21, i.e. 100% Saracen and 100% KCGM, notwithstanding the merger 

implementation date of 12 February 2021 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
  
  
 
SuStAINABILItY  

SuStAINABILItY    

Indigenous Peoples 

Indigenous Peoples remain important long-term 
stakeholders and partners of Northern Star. 

We acknowledge that Indigenous Peoples often 
maintain special physical and cultural connections 
to, and identification with, the lands on which we 
conduct our business activities. Cultural knowledge 
created through this connection with the natural 
environment can be of value to our Company and 
brings different perspectives for us to consider within 
project planning and development practices.    

Through this understanding, we strive to develop 
and maintain respectful, long-term and mutually 
beneficial relationships with all Indigenous Peoples 
who are our stakeholders. 

Critical to these relationships is an awareness that 
Indigenous Peoples in many regions across the world 
have been historically disadvantaged by economic, 
social and political systems. In some regions this 
disadvantage remains. 

In response to this understanding, we commit to the 
2013 International Council on Mining and Metals 
(ICMM) Position Statement on Indigenous Peoples 
and Mining. 

Specific to the ICMM Position Statement, we 
continue to adopt the Free, Prior and Informed 
Consent (FPIC) approach to our engagement 
with Indigenous Peoples, as defined by the United 
Nations.   

Figure 5  Free, Prior and Informed Consent approach

Governance

Northern Star is committed to consistently 
demonstrating the highest standards of corporate 
governance. The Company’s current corporate 
governance practices are set out in the FY21 
Corporate Governance Statement released 
together with this Report and found on Northern 
Star's website at http://www.nsrltd. com/about/
corporate-governance/. 

Northern Star is 

committed to consistently 

demonstrating the highest 

standards of corporate 

governance.

_ -    - - - -  - -  - - - -  - - - -  - -  - - - -  -

Kristen Anderson,  
Martu Ranger at Jundee, 
Yandal operations

66

Free

Free from 
manipulation  
or coercion

Consent

Reached through 
customary decision-
making processes

Prior

Occurs in advance of any 
activity associated with 
the decision being made 
and allows adequate time 
for traditional decision-
making processes

Informed

Facilitate the 
sharing of objective, 
accurate, and easily 
understandable 
information

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
Directors’
Report

DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

Directors’ Report

Your Directors present their report on the consolidated 
entity consisting of Northern Star and the entities it 
controlled at the end of, or during, FY21.

Current 
Directors 

(as at the  
Report Date) 

Michael Chaney AO
Chairman

Stuart Tonkin
Managing Director & CEO

Raleigh Finlayson
Executive Director 

Overview of Board changes

On the merger implementation date of 12 February 2021, the 
Board was reconstituted with the addition of Raleigh Finlayson 
as Managing Director, Anthony Kiernan as Lead Independent 
Director, and Sally Langer and John Richards as Non-Executive 
Directors, all from the Saracen Board of Directors. 

Peter O’Connor retired from the Board on 12 February 2021. 
Subsequently on 30 June 2021 Shirley In’t Veld retired as Non-
Executive Director, and Bill Beament, retired as Executive Chair 
on 1 July 2021. On 1 July 2021 Michael Chaney joined the Board as 
Chairman. On 22 July 2021 Raleigh Finlayson retired as Managing 
Director, and Stuart Tonkin joined the Board as Managing Director 
& CEO. 

70

Anthony Kiernan AM
Lead Independent Director

Mary Hackett
Non-Executive Director

John Fitzgerald
Non-Executive Director 

On 23 August 2021, the Company announced that Sharon 
Warburton will join the Board on 1 September 2021.

71

John Richards
Non-Executive Director

Nick Cernotta
Non-Executive Director

Sally Langer
Non-Executive Director

Incoming
Director

Former 
Directors

Figure 1  Board statistics effective 1 September 2021 (includes incoming Director) 

Gender

Independence

Age

Sharon Warburton  
Non-Executive Director, 
(commencing 1 September 2021)

Female 
30%

Non- 
Independent 
20%

70+ 
20%

60-69 
10%

40-49 
40%

Bill Beament
Executive Chair
(resigned 1 July 2021)

Shirley In’t Veld
Non-Executive Director 
(resigned 30 June 2021)

Peter O’Connor
Non-Executive Director 
(resigned 12 February 2021)

Male 
70%

Independent 
80%

50-59 
30%

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

72

Biographies of current Directors

Michael Chaney AO 
BSc, MBA, Hon. LLD W.Aust, FAICD

Independent Chairman
Term of office: Director since 1 July 2021 
Mr Chaney AO was appointed Chairman on 1 July 
2021. He is currently Chairman of Wesfarmers 
Limited and was previously Chairman of Woodside 
Petroleum Limited (retired April 2018) and National 
Australia Bank (retired December 2015); a former 
Director of BHP Limited (retired October 2005) and 
Managing Director of Wesfarmers from 1992 to 
2005.

Mr Chaney holds Bachelor of Science and Master of 
Business Administration degrees from The University 
of Western Australia and worked for eight years as 
a petroleum geologist in Australia and the USA. He 
completed the Advanced Management Program at 
Harvard Business School in 1992 and has also been 
awarded an Honorary Doctorate of Laws from The 
University of Western Australia.

He is former Chancellor of The University of Western 
Australia (retired December 2017) and former 
Governor of the Forrest Research Foundation 
(resigned December 2020). Michael is currently 
Chair of the National School Resourcing Board, a 
Director of the Centre for Independent Studies and 
a member of the Gresham Resources Royalties Fund 
Investment Committee.

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership,  
Finance / Commerce / Accounting, Capital Markets, 
Previous Board Experience, and Strategy

Stuart tonkin 
BEng (Hons)

Managing Director & CEO  
(Chief Executive Officer for FY21 )
Term of office: Director since 22 July 2021 
Mr Tonkin is a mining engineer with more than 
20 years’ experience working in the underground 
hard-rock mining industry. He was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer of Northern Star in November 
2016 and had been the Company’s Chief Operating 
Officer since 2013. Prior to joining Northern 
Star, he was Chief Operating Officer for mining 
contractor Barminco, and a Non-Executive Director 
of African Underground Mining Services Ghana. 
He has extensive experience in the production of 
gold, copper, zinc and nickel and has held senior 
operational positions with Oxiana and Newmont 
in Western Australia.  Mr Tonkin is currently a 
Director of the Gold Industry Group, a not-for-profit, 
member-based industry association.

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership, HSE, 
Major Projects/Construction, Technical skills in 
Resources, Industry Knowledge, Commodities 
exposure, Risk management & Compliance, Mergers 
and Acquisitions. 

Raleigh Finlayson 
AdMineSurvey, Bsc (Mine & Engineering Surveying), 
GradDipMinEng, GradCertAppFin

Executive Director  (Managing Director  
from 12 February 2021 to 22 July 2021)
Term of office: Director since 12 February 2021 
Mr Raleigh Finlayson is a mining engineer with over 
20 years’ of technical and operational experience in 
the mining industry in multiple disciplines including 
both underground and open pit operations. Mr 
Finlayson commenced with Northern Star as 
Managing Director following the merger.

During his 13-year tenure at Saracen, Mr Finlayson 
was responsible for the acquisition and subsequent 
development of Saracen’s second operating mine, 
the Thunderbox project for $23M and the purchase 
of 50% of the KCGM Super Pit for $1.1B in 2019.  
growing from a market cap from $53M in 2008 to 
$6.0B in 2021 before merging with Northern Star. 
Prior to Saracen Mr Finlayson was Underground 
Manager for Panoramic Resources and various mining 
engineering roles with OceanaGold and Gold Fields.
Mr Finlayson studied at the Western Australian 
School of Mines holds a First Class Mine Managers 
Certificate.  He served for 5 years on the WA School 
of Mines Alumni Council.

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership, Capital 
Markets, Technical skills in Resources, Industry 
Knowledge, Risk Management & Compliance, 
Strategy, Mergers and Acquisitions

Anthony Kiernan AM 
LLB

Lead Independent Director since  
12 February 2021
Term of office: Director since 12 February 2021 
Mr Anthony Kiernan is a former solicitor 
with extensive experience, particularly in the 
management and operation of listed public 
companies in the resource sector through 
exploration, development and production. Mr 
Kiernan has a strong understanding of the capital 
markets and the business of value creation. Mr 
Kiernan is currently Chairman of Pilbara Minerals Ltd 
and was previously Chairman of Venturex Resources 
Limited and Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited. 

Board skills matrix: Capital Markets, Previous 
Board Experience

John Fitzgerald 
CA, Fellow FINSIA, GAICD

Independent Non-Executive Director  
(Lead Independent Director until 12 
February 2021)
Term of office: Director since November 2012 
Mr Fitzgerald has over 25 years’ resource financing 
experience and has provided project finance and 
corporate advisory services to a large number of 
companies in the resource sector. He has previously 
held senior positions at NM Rothschild & Sons, 
Investec Bank Australia, Commonwealth Bank, HSBC 
Precious Metals and Optimum Capital. Mr Fitzgerald 
is a Chartered Accountant, a Fellow of the Financial 
Services Institute of Australasia and a graduate 
member of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors.

Board skills matrix: Finance / Commerce / 
Accounting, Capital Markets, Commodities 
exposure, Previous Board Experience, Risk 
Management & Compliance

Mary hackett 
B.Eng-Mech, FIEAUST, GAICD

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Term of office: Director since July 2019  
Ms Hackett has an extensive career in the resource 
sector, spanning more than 30 years, with senior 
executive roles in Brown & Root, Woodside, and 
General Electric. Her most recent executive role 
was Vice President of General Electric Oil & Gas for 
Australasia.

A fellow of Engineers Australia, Ms Hackett holds a 
degree in Mechanical Engineering from University 
College Galway, Ireland.

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership, ESG / 
Legal / Regulatory / Policy, HSE, Major Projects 
/ Construction, Risk Management & Compliance, 
Strategy, Mergers and Acquisitions

Nicholas Cernotta 
B.Eng-Mining

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Term of office: Director since July 2019  
Mr Cernotta is a mining engineer having held senior 
operational and executive roles in Australia and 
overseas for over 30 years. He has considerable 
experience in the management and operation of 
large resource projects, with a track record for 
improving safety performance, managing costs 
and improving operational efficiencies, across 
multiple commodities and international jurisdictions. 
Most recently Mr Cernotta served as Director 

of Operations at Fortescue Metals Group, and 
was previously Director of Operations for Barrick 
(Australia Pacific) Pty Ltd.

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership,  
HR / Workplace Relations, HSE, Major Projects 
/ Construction, Technical skills in Resources, 
Commodities exposure, Risk Management & 
Compliance, Strategy

John Richards 
BEcon (Hons)

Independent Non-Executive Director
Term of office: Director since 12 February 2021 
Mr Richards is an economist with more than 35 
years’ experience in the resources industry. He has 
held strategy and business development positions 
across several mining companies and has worked 
extensively in the investment banking and private 
equity industries. He has been involved in a wide 
range of mining M&A transactions on a global scale.

Previous experience has included Group Executive 
– Strategy & Business Development at Normandy 
Mining Ltd, Head of Mining & Metals Advisory 
(Australia) at Standard Bank, Managing Director at 
Buka Minerals Ltd and Operating Partner at Global 
Natural Resources Investments (GNRI).

Board skills matrix: Finance / Commerce / 
Accounting, International Growth, Industry 
Knowledge, Commodities exposure, Strategy, 
Mergers and Acquisitions

Sally Langer 
BCom, CA, GAICD

Independent Non-Executive Director
Term of office: Director since 12 February 2021 
Ms Langer has more than 25 years’ experience in 
professional services across a variety of sectors, 
including substantial experience in the resources 
sector, where she has advised both ASX-listed and 
private boards on talent, organisational design, 
succession planning and leadership. Ms Langer has 
also been responsible for management functions 
including strategy, business development, budgeting 
and human resources. Originally qualified as an 
accountant with Arthur Andersen, Ms Langer 
spent time in their insolvency, corporate finance 
and management consulting practices before 
transitioning into Executive Search initially with 
Michael Page and subsequently Derwent Executive, 
where for 13 years she led Derwent’s national 
Mining Practice based in Western Australia. 

Board Skills matrix: Executive Leadership, HR/ 
Workplace Relations, Finance / Commerce / 
Accounting

73

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021The Carosue Dam 
processing plant at sunrise, 
Kalgoorlie Operations. 

DIRECtORS' REPORt  

Biography of incoming Director 

Biographies of former Directors 

Sharon Warburton 
CA, BBus, GAICD

Independent Non-Executive Director 
(commencing 1 September 2021)
Ms Warburton is a Chartered Accountant with 
experience in the construction, mining and 
infrastructure sectors, holding senior executive 
positions at Rio Tinto, Brookfield Multiplex, Aldar 
Properties PJSC, Multiplex and Citigroup. Ms 
Warburton is a non-executive director of Gold 
Road Resources Limited (retiring from that role on 
30 September 2021), Worley Limited, Wesfarmers 
Limited and Blackmores Limited and a part-time 
member of the Takeovers Panel. She is also on the 
board of not-for-profit organisation, Perth Children’s 
Hospital Foundation and a non-executive Director 
of Karlka Nyiyaparli Aboriginal Corporation RNTBC. 
She was formerly the Co-Deputy Chair of Fortescue 
Metals Group Limited, Chairman of the Australian 
Government's Northern Australia Infrastructure 
Facility and a non-executive director of NEXTDC 
Limited. Ms Warburton holds a Bachelor of Business 
(Accounting and Business Law) from Curtin 
University. She is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand, the Australian Institute 
of Building and the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors. She was awarded WA Telstra Business 
Woman of the Year in 2014 and was a finalist for The 
Australian Financial Review’s Westpac 100 Women 
of Influence in 2015. 

Board skills matrix: Executive Leadership, 
Finance/Commerce/Accounting, Major Projects/
Construction, International Growth, Capital Markets, 
Industry Knowledge, Commodities exposure, 
Previous Board Experience, Risk management & 
Compliance, Strategy, Mergers and Acquisitions

74

Bill Beament 
B.Eng-Mining (Hons), MAICD

Executive Chair in FY21
Mr Beament is a mining engineer with more than 20 
years’ experience in the resource sector. Previously 
he held several senior management positions, 
including General Manager of Operations for 
Barminco Limited with overall responsibility for 12 
mine sites across Western Australia, and General 
Manager of the Eloise Copper Mine in Queensland.

Shirley In’t Veld 
B.Com LLB (Hons)

Independent Non-Executive Director in 
FY21
Ms In’t Veld was the CEO of Verve Energy, a WA 
utility, for five years. Prior to this Ms In’t Veld held a 
number of senior commercial, legal and marketing 
positions with Alcoa, WMC Resources Ltd, Bond 
Corporation and BankWest, including Managing 
Director of Alcoa of Australia Rolled Products based 
in Geelong.

Peter O’Connor 
MA, Economics and Political Science;  
Barrister-at Law

Independent Non-Executive Director in 
FY21 until 12 February 2021
Mr O’Connor has extensive global experience in the 
funds management industry, both public and private 
companies in developed and emerging economies. 
He was co-founder, Director and Deputy Chairman of 
IMS Selection Management Ltd which had $10 billion 
under management or advice from 1998 to 2008. 

Following the sale of IMS to BNP Paribas in 2008, 
he was Deputy Chairman of FundQuest UK Ltd 
with $10 billion under management, and FundQuest 
globally had $35 billion of assets under management 
from 2008 to 2010. Mr O’Connor was the Lead 
Director and then Chairman of TSX-listed Neo 
Material Technologies from 1993 to 2012.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

Directors

Directors during FY21
The following persons were on the Board of Directors 
during the financial year ended 30 June 2021: 

Directors for full year FY21
Bill Beament  Executive Chair

John Fitzgerald  Non-Executive Director

Shirley In’t Veld  Non-Executive Director

Mary Hackett  Non-Executive Director

Nick Cernotta  Non-Executive Director

Directors for part year FY21
Peter O’Connor  Non-Executive Director 

Raleigh Finlayson  Managing Director

Anthony Kiernan AM Lead Independent Director

John Richards  Non-Executive Director

Sally Langer  Non-Executive Director 

76

Treescape, Carosue Dam, 
Kalgoorlie Operations

Former Directors
The following persons have resigned from the Board of 
Directors:

Peter O’Connor resigned as a Non-Executive Director 
on 12 February 2021 

Shirley In’t Veld resigned as a Non-Executive Director 
on 30 June 2021

Bill Beament resigned as Executive Chair on 1 July 2021

New Directors since FY21
Since the end of FY21, the following persons have been 
appointed to the Board of Directors:

Michael Chaney Chairman on 1 July 2021

Stuart Tonkin Managing Director & CEO on 22 July 
2021 

Sharon Warburton is commencing as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 September 2021.

Company Secretary
Hilary Macdonald LLB (Hons), FGIA, was the Company 
Secretary (in addition to her role as General Counsel) 
for full year FY21. Ms Macdonald is a corporate and 
resources lawyer with 30 years’ experience in the UK 
and Australia with particular focus on corporations 
compliance and governance.

table 1  Directorships in listed companies held by members of the Board over the past 3 years

Director

Entity

Appointment

Bill Beament

Managing Director of Venturex Resources Limited

Jul 2021 to present

John Fitzgerald

Director of Danakali Limited

Chair of Medallion Metals Limited

Executive Chair of Turaco Gold Ltd

Shirley In’t Veld

Director of APA Group

Director of Alumina Limited

Director of Venturex Resources Ltd

Mary Hackett

Director of Strike Energy Limited

Nick Cernotta

Director of Pilbara Minerals Ltd

Chair of Panoramic Resources Limited

Director of New Century Resources Ltd

Peter O’Connor

Chair of Boss Energy Ltd

Anthony Kiernan Chairman of Pilbara Minerals Ltd

Chairman of Venturex Resources Ltd

Chairman of Redbank Copper

John Richards

Director of Sandfire Resources Limited

Director of Sheffield Resources Ltd

Director of Adriatic Metals Plc  

Sally Langer

Director of Sandfire Resources Limited

Director of MMA Offshore Limited

Feb 2015 to present

Jan 2019 to present

July 2021 to present

Mar 2018 to present

Aug 2020 to present

July 2021 to present

Oct 2020 to present

Feb 2017 to present

May 2018 to present

Mar 2019 to present

Jan 2020 to present

July 2016 to present

July 2010 to Mar 2021

April 2021 to present

Jan 2021 to present

Aug 2019 to present

Nov 2019 to Jul 2020

Jul 2020 to present

May 2021 to present

77

Michael Chaney

Chairman Wesfarmers Limited

Nov 2015 to present

Raleigh Finlayson None applicable

Stuart Tonkin

None applicable

MSCI ESG Ratings

Northern Star’s MSCI Ratings Report for 2021 
which measures resilience to long term ESG risk 
puts Northern Star in the top quartile for corporate 
governance and corporate behaviour.

Northern Star was upgraded from an A  to a AA 
rating in FY21 on the basis of enhanced assessment 
of governance practices and lower water risk 
exposure.

MSCI 
ESG RATINGS

AA

CCC

B

BB

BBB

A

AA

AAA 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

Board Committees

Following the merger with Saracen implemented 
on 12 February 2021, the Board resolved to create 
a new Exploration & Growth (E&G) Committee, 
chaired by independent Non-Executive Director, 
John Richards. The function of the E&G 
Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of 
management’s decisions on capital expenditure 
allocation for exploration, organic and inorganic 
growth initiatives.  Its key aim is to ensure 

competing capital expenditure priorities across the 
Company are guided by the following principles:

•  maximising shareholder value, in accordance 

with the Company’s mission;

• 

• 

take into account various stakeholder interests, in 
accordance with our Mission; and

consistency with the Company’s overarching 
corporate strategy and fiscal framework.

table 2  Committee membership and Director attendance 1 at meetings held during FY21

Director

Board

Audit  
& Risk

Environmental 
Social & 
Safety

Exploration  
& Growth

Nomination Remuneration

Non-
Executive 
Directors2

Bill Beament

Chair 
15 of 17

-

Member 
4 of 4

John 
Fitzgerald

Shirley  
In’t Veld

Member 
17 of 17

Chair 
4 of 4

Member 
14 of 17

Member 
3 of 3

-

-

Mary Hackett Member 

16 of 17

Member 
4 of 4

Chair 
4 of 4

Nick 
Cernotta

Raleigh 
Finlayson 

John 
Richards

Anthony 
Kiernan

Sally Langer

Member 
17 of 17

Member 
3 of 3

Member 
7 of 7

-

Member 
7 of 7

Member 
1 of 1

Member 
7 of 7

-

Member 
7 of 7

Member 
1 of 1

Peter 
O’Connor

Member 
10 of 10

-

-

-

-

Member 
2 of 2

-

Member 
2 of 2

Member 
2 of 2

-

Member 
2 of 2

-

Member 
2 of 2

-

Chair 
2 of 2

-

-

-

Member 
3 of 3

Member 
3 of 3

Member 
3 of 3

Member 
3 of 3

Member 
3 of 3

-

Member 
3 of 3

Chair 
3 of 3

Member 
3 of 3

-

-

-

Member 
13 of 14

-

-

Chair 
14 of 14

-

-

Member 
6 of 6

Member 
7 of 7

Member 
6 of 7

Chair 
4 of 4

Member 
3 of 4

Member 
4 of 4

Member 
4 of 4

-

Member 
1 of 1

Member 
0 of 0

Member 
1 of 1

Member 
4 of 4

78

table 3  Committee composition and membership for FY223

Director

Audit & Risk

Environmental 
Social & Safety

Exploration  
& Growth

Remuneration

Nomination

Chair

Members

John Fitzgerald

Mary Hackett

John Richards

Nick Cernotta

Michael Chaney

Mary Hackett
John Richards
Sally Langer

Sally Langer
Anthony Kiernan

Nick Cernotta
Michael Chaney

John Fitzgerald
Sally Langer
Anthony Kiernan

John Fitzgerald
Mary Hackett
Nick Cernotta
John Richards
Sally Langer
Anthony Kiernan

1.  The number of meetings held during the time the Director held office, or was a member of the Committee, during FY21 at which the Director was eligible 

to attend (i.e. excludes any meetings at which the Director was excluded for example due to a conflict of interest, or which the Director attended but in an 
invitee/observer capacity only). A dash indicates the Director was not a member of that Committee at any time during FY21. Note higher than usual total 
Board meetings is due to several special Board meetings held in connection with the merger.

2.  During FY21 meetings of the Non-Executive Directors were held separately to the full Board meetings without the Executive Chair, CEO or Managing 

Director in attendance. A higher than usual number of NED meetings were held due to discussions around KMP remuneration and the merger.

3.  Sharon Warburton will be appointed to Committees once commenced on 1 September 2021.

Board evaluation

In addition to the annual performance evaluation 
of each individual Director conducted by the 
Executive Chair, in FY21 the Board again undertook 
a comprehensive evaluation conducted by external 
governance specialists at Nasdaq Corporate 
Solutions. The objective of the evaluation was to:

•  provide the Board with an unbiased, greater 

understanding of its functioning and 
performance;

In addition to the effectiveness of the Board, the 
evaluation also covered the sub-committees of 
the Board – the Audit and Risk Committee, the 
Remuneration Committee, the Environmental, Social 
& Safety Committee, the Nomination Committee 
and the Exploration & Growth Committee. Separate 
evaluation reports were created for each sub-
committee, for discussion at sub-committee level.

The areas of assessment included:

•  highlight areas of strength and opportunities for 

•  Mission and Values

improvement;

•  encourage positive relationships among Board 

members, and

• 

improve the Board’s overall performance and 
effectiveness.

Effective corporate governance advances the 
Company’s culture of continuous improvement. 
Nasdaq anonymously gathered and assessed 
Directors’ individual responses to questions crafted 
by governance specialists in conjunction with 
the Company Secretary, aligned with Northern 
Star’s business and governance goals. The web-
based Q&A accommodated insightful, more 
comprehensive contributions where Directors 
wished to expand on their responses, and delivered 
an actionable report of aggregated and anonymous 
individual responses and comments. There was 
subsequent opportunity for discussion on any outlier 
results and patterns in the responses.

•  Ethics and Accountability

•  Board Composition and Culture

•  Board Meetings and Administration

•  Strategy and Performance Measures

•  Board’s Relationship to Management

•  Risk Monitoring and Crisis Control

•  Succession Planning and Human Resources

• 

shareholder and stakeholder Involvement, both 
generally and specific to the mining industry.

Various areas were identified in the evaluation 
report for focus and action by the Board.

79

The Board will address these action points during 
FY22 and in subsequent years. The Board intends 
to repeat the evaluation in FY22.

Alex Boceski, Purchasing 
Officer, Corporate office, 
Perth. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

Board skills matrix

The Company first devised a Board skills matrix 
in 2018, for each Director to self-assess their 
hard skills and experience considered relevant to 
Northern Star and soft skills considered desirable 
for effective Directors generally. 

An assessment of the composition of the Board 
is undertaken in relation to the Board skills matrix 
annually, to identify any potential gaps and ensure 
there is an appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
expertise and diversity on the Board. 

The review of the Board skills matrix during FY21 
following the merger and reconstitution of the  
Board resulted in:

• 

• 

the addition of four new skills – International 
Growth; Industry Knowledge; M&A 
experience; and Industry & Political; and

changes to the descriptors of some of the skills, 
to ensure the skills in the matrix remained 
suitable for the Company post-merger. 

The below includes Sharon Warburton.

Executive
Leadership
Evaluating the 
performance of senior 
management, overseeing 
strategic human capital 
planning, industrial 
relations, organisational 
change management 
programmes and 
sustainable success in 
business at a senior level.

Finance /
Commerce /
Accounting
Financial accounting 
and reporting, internal 
financial and risk 
controls, corporate 
finance and, restructuring 
corporate transactions 
(eg: JVs, listings etc). 
Understanding of the 
sensitivity to cash flow 
and value of key variables.

ESG, Legal /
Regulatory, Policy
Experience in integrating 
environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) 
principles into company 
decision-making, 
expertise in sustainability 
initiatives, working in a 
legal and/or regulatory 
role or organisation, 
and identifying key ESG 
issues and developing 
appropriate policy 
parameters.

hR / Workplace
Relations
Board Remuneration 
Committee membership 
or, succession planning, 
remuneration and talent 
management (including 
incentive programs, 
superannuation etc), 
the legislative and 
contractual framework 
governing remuneration 
and, the legislative 
framework workplace 
relations.

80

Key Board 
Rating Per Skill

5 Expert  
skills & 
experience

Capital Markets
Experience in equity 
raising, debt raising and 
investor engagement.

4 Extensive 
skills / 
experience

3 Sufficient 
skills / 
experience

2 Somewhat 
skilled / 
experienced

1 Basic skills / 
experience

0 Priority to 
seek new skills/
experience

technical skills 
in Resources
Advanced technical 
understanding of geology, 
mining engineering or 
processing.

Industry
Knowledge
Understanding of the 
international mining 
industry and a company's 
competitive position in 
that industry.

Commodities
exposure
Executive expertise in 
commodities, mining or 
resources sectors.

Previous Board
Experience
Serving on Boards 
of varying size and 
composition, in varying 
industries and for a 
range of organisations. 
An awareness of 
global practices and 
benchmarking and, some 
international experience.

Risk Management
& Compliance
Applying broad based risk 
management frameworks 
in various regulatory or 
business environment, 
identifying key risks to an 
organisation related to 
key areas of operations, 
monitoring risk and 
compliance.

Strategy
Identifying and critically 
assessing strategic 
opportunities and threats 
to the organisation 
and, developing and 
implementing successful 
strategies in context to 
an organisation's policies 
and business objectives.

Mergers and
Acquisitions
The identification, 
assessment and 
integration of mergers, 
acquisitions, JVs and 
similar transactions.

81

hSE
Workplace health and 
safety and environmental, 
implementing health, 
safety and wellbeing 
strategies, proactive 
identification and 
mitigation of health, 
safety and environmental 
risks.

It & Innovation
Executive knowledge 
and experience in 
the management of 
information technology 
including but not limited 
to IT strategies and 
networks, data storage, 
data security, cyber 
security.

Major Projects /
Construction
Contract negotiations, 
project management, 
projects involving 
large-scale outlays and 
projects with long-term 
investment horizons.

International
Growth
Experience in building 
businesses outside the 
domestic (Australian) 
market, including as an 
offshoot of a domestically 
managed business.

Board Dynamics
Constructively challenge 
and contribute to 
Board discussions and 
communicate effectively 
with management and 
other Directors. Build 
consensus, negotiate 
and achieve stakeholder 
support for Board decisions. 

Issues
Management
Constructively manage 
major issues, provide 
leadership around 
solutions and contribute 
to a communications 
strategy with 
stakeholders.

Ethics & Integrity
Model correct behaviours 
as a Director and, contine 
to self educate on legal 
responsibility, maintain 
Board confidentiality, 
declare conflicts etc.

Industry 
& Political
Experience in industry 
groups and government 
and political relationships.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECtORS' REPORt  

DIRECtORS' REPORt    

Principal activities

In FY21 the principal activities of the Group were:

• 

exploration, development, mining and 
processing of gold deposits and sale of refined 
gold derived from the Kalgoorlie (including 
KCGM) and Yandal Operations in Western 

Australia and the Pogo Operations in Alaska; 
and

• 

exploration in relation to gold deposits in 
Western Australia, the Northern Territory and 
Alaska.

Dividends paid

table 4  Dividends paid in FY21

Interim ordinary dividend for FY20 of 7.5 cents per fully paid Share paid on 
16 July 2020 4

FY21 
$’000

$55,503

FY20 
$’000

n/a

Final ordinary dividend for FY20 of 9.5 cents (FY19: 7.5 cents) per fully paid 
Share paid on 30 September 2020

$70,377

$48,670

Special dividend of 10 cents per fully paid Share paid on 30 September 
2020

$74,080

-

Interim ordinary dividend for FY21 of 9.5 cents (FY20: 7.5 cents) per fully 
paid Share paid on 30 March 2021

$110,513

$55,459

Total

$310,473

$104,129

82

Dividends recommended

Events since the end of FY21

but not yet paid

Since the end of FY21, the Directors have recommended 
the payment of a fully-franked final ordinary dividend 
of $111 million (9.5 cents per fully paid Share; FY20: 
9.5 cents), to be paid on 29 September 2021 out of 
retained earnings at 30 June 2021.

Review of operations

Information on the operations and financial position 
of the Group and its business strategies and 
prospects is set out in the Operations Report section 
of this Annual Report.

Significant changes in the state 

of affairs

A significant change in the state of affairs of the 
Group during FY21 was the Company’s merger with 
Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited. The merger was 
announced on 6 October 2020 and implementation 
occurred on 12 February 2021. For further details 
of the merger refer to note 12 of the financial 
statements. 

Since the end of FY21, the Company sold its 
Kundana Assets to Evolution Mining Limited.  
The sale was announced on 22 July 2021 and 
completion occurred on 18 August 2021.  For further 
details of the sale of the Kundana assets refer to 
note 14 of the financial statements.

On 2 August 2021, Northern Star entered into 
a contract with GR Engineering Services Ltd in 
relation to the Thunderbox 6Mtpa expansion project 
for a contract sum of $101 million. 

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 
June 2021 that has significantly affected the Group’s 
operations, results or state of affairs, or may do so in 
future years.

Likely developments and expected

results of operations

There are no likely developments to disclose in the 
Group’s operations in future financial years.

4.  The FY20 interim dividend payment date was originally 30 March 2020. It was deferred on 26 March 2020 as a cash preservation initiative to ensure 

the Company was in the strongest possible financial position to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent global financial impact. The interim 
dividend was paid subsequent to the FY20 balance date, on 16 July 2020 (i.e. during FY21).

Performance in relation to
environmental regulation
The Group’s exploration, mining and processing 
operations are subject to Commonwealth of 
Australia, Western Australian, Northern Territory, 
State of Alaska and Federal US legislation which 
regulates the environmental aspects of the Group’s 
activities, including discharges to the air, surface 
water and groundwater, and the storage and use of 
hazardous materials. The Group is not aware of any 
material breach of environmental legislation and 
regulations applicable to the Company’s operations 
during FY21. The Group continues to comply with 
environmental regulations in all material respects.

Insurance of officers and
indemnities
During FY21 the Company has paid a premium to 
insure the Directors and Officers of the Company 
and its controlled entities. Details of the premium 
are subject to a confidentiality clause under 
the contract of insurance. The liabilities insured 
are costs and expenses that may be incurred in 
defending civil or criminal proceedings that may 
be brought against the Directors and Officers in 
their capacity as officers of entities in the Group, 
to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act. In 
addition, similar liabilities are insured for Officers 
holding the position of nominee Director for the 
Company in other entities.

The Group is not aware of any material breach of 
environmental legislation and regulations applicable 
to the Company’s operations during FY21. The 
Group continues to comply with environmental 
regulations in all material respects.

Proceedings on behalf of the
Company
No person has applied to the Court under Section 
237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring 
proceedings on behalf of the Company, or to intervene 
in any proceedings to which the Company is a party, 
for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings.

Non-audit services

The Company may decide to employ the Auditor on 
assignments additional to their statutory audit duties 
where the Auditor’s expertise and experience with 
the Company and/or Group are important.

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the Auditor 
(Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu) for the audit and non-

audit services provided during FY21 are disclosed in 
note 21 to the financial statements.

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for Auditors imposed 
by the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are 
satisfied that the provision of non-audit services 
by the Auditor (review of the 2020 Sustainability 
Report disclosures) did not compromise the Auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001 because none of the services undermine the 
general principles relating to Auditor independence 
as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants.

Auditor independence declaration
A copy of the Auditor’s independence declaration 
as required under section 307C of the Corporations 
Act 2001 is set out on page 128.

Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to ASIC 
Legislative Instrument 2016/191, relating to 
the “rounding off” of amounts in the financial 
statements. Amounts in the financial statements 
have been rounded off in accordance with the 
instrument to the nearest hundred thousand dollars, 
or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

Corporate Governance Statement
Northern Star and the Board are committed to 
consistently demonstrating the highest standards 
of corporate governance. In addition to this Annual 
Report, a description of the Company’s current 
corporate governance practices is set out in the 
Corporate Governance Statement (http://www.
nsrltd.com/about/corporate-governance/).

Northern Star has elected to publish the 2021 
Tax Corporate Governance Statement on a 
voluntary basis as a part of our commitment to 
tax transparency. The report includes information 
recommended to be disclosed under the Australian 
voluntary Tax Transparency Code (TTC). The report 
can be found on the Company website under 
Corporate Governance - Rules and Special Reports.

This report is made in accordance with a Resolution 
of Directors dated 24 August 2021.

Michael Chaney 
Chairman 
24 August 2021

83

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Remuneration
Report

REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

Letter from the Chair 
of the Remuneration
Committee

Dear shareholder,

On behalf of the Board of Directors of Northern 

Star Resources Limited, I am pleased to 
provide you with the Remuneration Report 

for the year ended 30 June 2021.  

86

The Remuneration Committee oversees Northern 
Star’s remuneration approach on behalf of 
the Board.  The key tenets of its approach to 
remuneration are to ensure that it supports the 
Company’s strategy, is undertaken inside a clear 
and transparent framework and aligns with the 
drivers of long-term shareholder value. However, the 
Committee is also cognisant of the need to maintain 
flexibility to address specific circumstances that 
may arise within the Company or within the industry 
in which we operate. The executive remuneration 
framework is designed to reward, retain and attract 
capable quality executives, maintain a focus on 
both near term and long-term goals and support an 
effective and socially acceptable culture.

Since the last Annual Report to shareholders 
Northern Star has experienced major growth as a 
result of the merger with Saracen Mineral Holdings 
in February this year and is now one of the top 
50 listed companies on the Australian Securities 
Exchange. The last year has also been characterised 
by a continuation of the challenges associated 
with the global COVID-19 pandemic, including the 
ongoing restricted labour supply and hard borders 
constraining people movements, both in and out of 
Western Australia, and in and out of the US, where 
our Pogo operations are located. 

2020/21 Remuneration Outcomes

Short term incentives awarded to the KMP ranged 
from 45.5% to 71% of maximum, as detailed on 
pages 100 and 102. Long term incentives awarded in 
FY21 are detailed on p104.

Through the merger and coping with the pandemic 
we continued to make our employees’ job security 

a priority, with zero redundancies and a focus on 
acknowledging and aligning our best talent, as we 
designed the new organisation and a remuneration 
structure appropriate for the enlarged company.

Organisational changes included the retirement 
of Executive Chair Bill Beament on 1 July 2021; in 
July this year the retirement of Managing Director 
Raleigh Finlayson and the appointment of Stuart 
Tonkin to that position; and a number of new 
appointments to senior roles in the larger company.

In designing a new remuneration structure the 
Committee engaged an independent remuneration 
consultant to assist with the provision of executive 
remuneration benchmarking information. One of 
the Board’s major concerns in this review was the 
need to retain key executives following the merger, 
particularly given the current environment in the 
mining industry of high demand for talent. 

After considering the benchmarking data, the 
Board agreed to maintain the Company’s broad 
remuneration framework, with adjustments made 
to fixed remuneration from 1 July 2021 but the 
majority of KMP remuneration continuing to be at 
risk. Details of the remuneration arrangements for 
KMP for the 2021/22 financial year are described on 
pages 106 to 111 of this report.

Historically the vesting period in the Company’s long 
term incentives has been three years. The Board 
has resolved to increase the vesting period to four 
years, commencing with the 2022 LTI grant, in 
order to increase management’s focus on long term 
shareholder wealth creation. 

Given the past practice of making annual 3-year 
awards, one effect of this change is to leave a 
vesting gap in FY24 which, if the vesting period 
were not being extended, would not occur. In 
order to compensate for this, an additional one-off, 
3-year LTI award will be made this year, at the level 

of 75% of the annual 4-year LTI. For example, for 
the 4-year award, 200% of FAR will apply for the 
Managing Director and CEO, and for the 3-year 
LTI award, 150% of FAR will apply. This one-off 
award thus does not represent any ‘doubling up’ of 
remuneration; but rather reduces by 50% of FAR the 
award that would have been received by the KMP in 
year 3 in the absence of this change. 

This year’s LTI plan includes for the first time KPIs 
related to environmental, social and governance 
factors in addition to shareholder return metrics, as 
detailed on page 110.

Board and Committee Fees

Board fees were reviewed considering the size 
and nature of the Company post-merger, utilising 
benchmarking data provided by an independent 
remuneration consultant. Details of the fees 
applying from 1 July 2021 are provided on page 111 
of this report.

The Remuneration Committee and Board believe 
that the remuneration framework with the 
outlined changes is appropriate and that the FY21 
remuneration outcomes are fair and reflect the 
performance of the executives and organisation over 
the year.

The Board will continue to monitor the remuneration 
framework, provide ongoing updates, and continue 
direct dialogue with shareholders to ensure the 
effective alignment between performance and 
reward is maintained.   

Response to the “First Strike” at the

2020 Annual General Meeting

We believe we have addressed the concerns raised 
by investors in relation to which a “first strike” was 
received by the Company at the 2020 AGM, with a 
25.12% vote against the FY20 Remuneration Report. 
The concerns raised by investors were:

• 

• 

150,000 time tested restricted shares were 
issued to the Chief Operating Officer during 
FY20. These restricted shares vested on 1 July 
2021; the employee remains employed by the 
Company. In FY21, no time tested restricted 
shares were granted to KMP, and none are 
proposed to be granted to KMP in FY22.

The 300% of FAR which former Executive 
Chair, Bill Beament, had as a 3-year maximum 
LTI. The incoming MD & CEO, Stuart Tonkin, 
will have an ongoing maximum four-year LTI of 
200% of FAR. 

Native flora at Thunderbox, 
Yandal operations.

• 

• 

• 

The lack of disclosure about the treatment 
of Bill Beament’s FY20 LTI and FY21 LTI 
Performance Rights, given that he was to 
step down as an executive on 30 June 2021. 
No decision had been made at the time of 
the 2020 Annual Report or the 2020 AGM. 
The decision was recommended by the 
post-merger re-constituted Remuneration 
Committee in February 2021, approved by the 
new Board and is disclosed on page 105 in this 
Remuneration Report.  

In addition, this Report discloses that no 
payments were made to Bill Beament upon his 
departure from the Company on 1 July 2021 
other than payment of the 4-month balance 
of his contractual notice period, and statutory 
accrued entitlements.

The Remuneration Committee engaged 
remuneration consultants and ensured rigour 
was applied in benchmarking deliberations, 
with the result that the Board is confident 
the FY22 remuneration structure is entirely 
appropriate for the Company, in order to 
reward and retain Northern Star’s high 
performing team.

On behalf of the Board, I invite you to review the full 
report and thank you for your ongoing support of 
Northern Star. 

87

Nick Cernotta 
Remuneration 
Committee Chair 
24 August 2021

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

transparency in reporting Key
Management Personnel Remuneration

Easy to access information and transparency in remuneration reporting is important to Northern Star and 
its shareholders. This Remuneration Report includes the following voluntary and statutory disclosures: 

1.  Details of the Key Management Personnel 

2.  Remuneration Governance 

3.  Financial Performance over the Past 5 Years 

4.  Executive KMP Remuneration Policy and Link to Performance 

5.  FY21 Executive KMP Remuneration Mix 

6.  Fixed annual remuneration (FAR) 

7.  Short Term Incentives – Performance Against FY21 STI Targets 

8.  Long Term Incentive 

9.  Vesting of Long Term Incentives during FY21 

10.  Vesting of FY20 Restricted Shares held by Chief Operating Officer under 

88

Retention Share Plan 

11.  Treatment of unvested FY20 and FY21 LTI Performance Rights held by Bill Beament 

(Executive Chair, employment ended 1 July 2021) 

12.  FY22 Executive KMP remuneration changes 

13.  FY22 Executive KMP remuneration mix 

14.  FY22 Short Term Incentive  

15.  FY22 Long Term Incentive 

16.  FY21 and FY22 Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration 

17.  Allocation methodology for grant of FY21 STI & LTI Performance Rights 

18.  Allocation methodology for grant of FY21 NED Share Rights 

19.  Securities held by the KMP during FY21 

20. Contractual Arrangements with Executive KMP 

21.  Transactions with KMP and previous disclosure of “Related party” 

transactions with Bill Beament 

22. Summary of Company’s FY20 Share Plan 

23. Summary of Company's FY20 NED Share Plan 

24. Auditor's Independence Declaration 

89

90

91

94

95

97

97

103

105

105

105

106

106

107

109

111

118

119

120

122

123

124

126 

128

1. Details of the Key Management Personnel

The following Executives and Non-Executive 
Directors (NEDs) were the Key Management 
Personnel (KMP) for FY21. Former Executives and 

NEDs who were KMP for part of FY20 or FY21 
are also covered by this Report, where required. 
Movement since 30 June 2021 to the date of this 
Report is also included.

table 1  Key Management Personnel during FY21 and movement after 30 June 2021

KMP

Role

Executives

Appointment 
Date

Ceased  
Date 

Bill Beament

Executive Chair

20 August 2007

1 July 2021

Raleigh 
Finlayson 1

Managing Director/Executive Director

12 February 2021

Stuart Tonkin 2

Chief Executive Officer/Managing Director 29 October 2016

Date of change of role -  
22 July 2021

Date of commencement as 
MD & CEO – 22 July 2021

Morgan Ball

Chief Financial Officer

12 February 2021

Luke Creagh

Chief Operating Officer – Yandal and Pogo

1 November 2018

Simon Jessop

Chief Operating Officer – Kalgoorlie 
operations

12 February 2021

Hilary 
Macdonald

Ryan Gurner 3

General Counsel & Company Secretary

23 February 2018

Chief Financial Officer/Executive General 
Manager Finance

16 October 2018

-

-

-

-

Date of cessation as CFO 
and commencement as 
EGM Finance - 12 February 
2021

89

Non-Executive Directors

Michael Chaney Chairman

1 July 2021

-

Anthony Kiernan Lead Independent Director

12 February 2021

Expected date of cessation 
- 18 November 2021

John Fitzgerald

Lead Independent Director and Non-
Executive Director

30 November 2012 Date of cessation as Lead 

Independent Director -  
12 February 2021

Peter O’Connor

Non-Executive Director

21 May 2012

12 February 2021

Shirley In’t Veld

Non-Executive Director

1 September 2016

30 June 2021

Mary Hackett

Non-Executive Director

Nick Cernotta

Non-Executive Director

John Richards

Non-Executive Director

Sally Langer

Non-Executive Director

1 July 2019

1 July 2019

12 February 2021

12 February 2021

Sharon 
Warburton

Non-Executive Director

1 September 2021

-

-

-

-

-

1.  Mr Finlayson moved to the position of Executive Director for a period of 
2 months commencing 22 July 2021, having announced his intention to 
resign as a Director with effect on 30 September 2021

2.  Mr Tonkin was appointed Managing Director on 22 July 2021
3.  Mr Gurner has stepped down from the role of CFO effective the date of 

the merger 12 February 2021 but has remained with the Company.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

2. Remuneration Governance

Until the merger, the Remuneration Committee 
comprised three independent non-executive 
Directors, Nick Cernotta (Chair), John Fitzgerald 
(Lead Independent Director) and Peter O’Connor.  
Following the merger, the Remuneration Committee 
comprised four independent non-executive 
Directors, Nick Cernotta (Chair), Anthony Kiernan 
(Lead Independent Director), John Fitzgerald and 
Sally Langer. The Managing Director & CEO and 
other Directors are invited to attend all, or part of 
the Committee meetings as required but have no 
vote on matters before the Committee.

The Committee meets several times a year to 
review and make recommendations to the Board 
in accordance with the Remuneration Committee 
Charter to ensure that KMP remuneration remains 
aligned to business needs and performance. A copy 
of the Charter is available under the Corporate 
Governance section of the Company’s website 
available at www.nsrltd.com. 

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to 
review and make recommendations to the Board in 
relation to KMP and other executives in respect of: 

• 

• 

• 

Remuneration and incentive policy including 
structures, practices, and quantum;

Determining the eligibility, award and vesting 
of Short Term Incentives (STI) and Long Term 
Incentives (LTI)

Non-Executive Director individual 
remuneration, and the aggregate pool for 
approval by shareholders (as required);

• 

Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s 

public materials including ASX filings and the 
Annual Report

• 

Superannuation arrangements; and

•  Overseeing remuneration by gender and other 

diversity measures.

The Board and the Remuneration Committee 
use remuneration consultants’ advice and 
recommendations from time to time. The 
Remuneration Committee observes the following 
protocols:

• 

• 

• 

Remuneration consultants are engaged by 
and report directly to the Remuneration 
Committee;

The Committee must, in deciding whether 
to approve the engagement, have regard to 
any potential conflicts of interest including 
factors that may influence independence 
such as previous and future work performed 
by the adviser. and any relationships that 
exist between any executive KMP and the 
consultant, and

Communication between the remuneration 
consultants and Executive KMP is restricted 
to minimise the risk of undue influence on the 
remuneration consultant.

The Board makes its decisions after it considers 
the recommendations from the Remuneration 
Committee and advice from remuneration 
consultants.

No remuneration recommendations (within the 
meaning of the Corporations Act 2001) were sought 
or provided during FY21.

90

The Board makes its decisions after  

it considers the recommendations from 

the Remuneration Committee and advice 

from remuneration consultants.

XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XX XXX XX XXX XX X

3. Financial Performance Over the Past 5 Years

Northern Star has a strong history of improving 
its key financial metrics on a year-on-year basis 
and this trend continued in FY21. From a financial 
perspective, the Company’s key short term incentive 
performance measures in FY21 were:

• 

• 

• 

Production growth (and associated revenue 
generation);

Cost management; and

Free cashflow.

The Company’s strong operational and financial 
performance during FY21 resulted in:

• 

• 

• 

The achievement of production guidance and 
record revenues supported by a positive A$ 
gold price;

The achievement of cost guidance against a 
backdrop of COVID-19 related management 
and inflationary pressures; and

Free cashflow that support a strong post-
merger balance sheet position.

The charts below illustrate some of the Company’s FY21 key financial achievements:

Figure 1  
Underlying NPAT 4

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2
7
3

1
9
2

5
1
2

2
1
2

9
7
1

Figure 3 
Revenue ($m)

7
1
Y
F

8
1
Y
F

9
1
Y
F

0
2
Y
F

1
2
Y
F

3,000
3,000

2,500
2,500

2,000
2,000

1,500
1,500

1,000
1,000

500
500

0
0

1
1
6
6
7
7
,
,
2
2

2
2
7
7
9
9
,
,
1
1

1
1
0
0
4
4
,
,
1
1

9
9
1
1
Y
Y
F
F

0
0
2
2
Y
Y
F
F

1
1
2
2
Y
Y
F
F

9
9
6
6
8
8

7
7
1
1
Y
Y
F
F

4
4
6
6
9
9

8
8
1
1
Y
Y
F
F

Figure 4 
Underlying EBITDA ($m)4

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

9
5
1
,
1

1
9
7

0
2
Y
F

1
2
Y
F

1
6
4

7
1
Y
F

3
4
4

8
1
Y
F

0
8
4

9
1
Y
F

91

Figure 2 
Cashflow from 
Operations ($m)

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

7
7
0
,
1

0
1
7

0
2
Y
F

1
2
Y
F

9
5
3

7
1
Y
F

3
5
3

8
1
Y
F

9
7
3

9
1
Y
F

Figure 5 
Gold Sold (Moz) 5

1.8

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0

9
2
7
,
5
9
5
,
1

1
2
Y
F

,

0
8
5
0
4
8

9
1
Y
F

,

8
8
3
0
0
9

0
2
Y
F

,

5
1
5
6
2
5

7
1
Y
F

0
1
1
,
0
7
5

8
1
Y
F

4.  See Operations Report / Financial Review on page 24 for details of reconciliation to Underlying NPAT and Underlying EBITDA.
5.  Gold Sold on an annualised basis.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

Figure 6  Dividends (cents per Share) approved

Figure 7  NST Share price performance over 5 years to August 2021

e
r
a
h
s
/
s
t
n
e
c

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2.5 

FY12

2.5 

1

FY13

2.5 
1

FY14

10

9.5

7.5

9.5

9.5

3

6

3

7.5

6

5

4.5

3

2

4

3

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

6
1
/
8
/
1

6
1
/
0
1
/
1

6
1
/
2
1
/
1

7
1
/
2
/
1

7
1
/
4
/
1

7
1
/
6
/
1

7
1
/
8
/
1

7
1
/
0
1
/
1

7
1
/
2
1
/
1

8
1
/
2
/
1

8
1
/
4
/
1

8
1
/
6
/
1

8
1
/
8
/
1

8
1
/
0
1
/
1

8
1
/
2
1
/
1

9
1
/
2
/
1

9
1
/
4
/
1

9
1
/
6
/
1

9
1
/
8
/
1

9
1
/
0
1
/
1

9
1
/
2
1
/
1

0
2
/
2
/
1

0
2
/
4
/
1

0
2
/
6
/
1

0
2
/
8
/
1

0
2
/
0
1
/
1

0
2
/
2
1
/
1

1
2
/
2
/
1

1
2
/
4
/
1

1
2
/
6
/
1

1
2
/
8
/
1

Interim

Final

Special

NST 5 Years

92

93

Ben Goldbloom, Troy Irvin 
and Alan Thom from the 
Business Development 
and Investor Relations 
teams, Corporate Office, 
Subiaco, Western 
Australia. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

4.  KMP Remuneration Policy and Link to Performance 

5. FY21 Executive KMP Remuneration Mix

The table below outlines the remuneration policy framework which applied in FY21.

Key

FAR

STI

LTI

Our remuneration policy is designed to support 
our Mission. Our objective is clear: to develop a 
responsible Company that is attractive to global 

investors. Our KMP remuneration policy and 
practices underpin our business objectives, which 
include:

Results   
Deliver 
on our 
promises

Returns   
target superior 
financial
performance

Responsibility 
Positive legacy 
from business
activity

•  Reliable delivery of 

production and cost 
guidance

•  Capital discipline balancing 
re-investment and returns to 
shareholders

•  Sustainable employee, 

Environmental, Social and 
Governance performance

•  Active portfolio management, 

•  Sustainable discovery and 

lowering costs

mine life extension

table 2  Our Remuneration Policy

Remuneration policy  
objective

Remuneration practices aligned  
with policy objective

94

Retain an experienced,  
cohesive, proven, high 
performance, multi-disciplinary 
team to deliver the Company’s 
strategic objectives

•  Provide remuneration that is internally fair and benchmarked against 

appropriate peer group on a regular basis.

•  Ensure remuneration is competitive with the gold industry labour market and 

other competition for our people.

•  Provide total remuneration opportunities to retain proven and experienced 

KMP who are global company poaching targets.

Align KMP interests with the 
interests of shareholders

•  A significant proportion of remuneration is at risk, performance-based and 

delivered in Shares, aligning Executive KMP reward with increased value for 
shareholders.

•  Performance metrics measured against stretch targets that reward for longer 

term value, consistent with our business strategy.

•  Minimum holding condition policy applies to KMP requiring a minimum level 

of Share and vested Performance Rights ownership as follows:

 - Managing Director & CEO: 

 - COO, CFO, GC & Co Sec: 

 - Non-Executive Directors:  

100% of FAR6

50% of FAR

100% NED base fee

Focus on safety

•  Safety performance metrics (employee and contractors) building in year on 

year improvements, to measure performance over different time horizons for 
sound risk management and to ensure outcomes focus on the longer term.

Focus on sustained costs and 
production performance

•  STI including:

 - Challenging annual production targets;

 - Deliver on competitive production costs.

Focus on our people and create 
a desirable Company culture

•  Provide targeted strategic incentives from the top down, to promote 

improvements in organisational culture, to attract and retain a diverse and 
inclusive workforce in line with the STARR Core Values7.

•  Focus and facilitate the development and retention of our people to ensure a 

sustainable pipeline of diverse talent within the business.

6. 
7. 

  FAR means fixed annual remuneration comprising base salary plus superannuation capped at $25,000 per annum
  Our STARR Core Values are: Safety, Teamwork, Accountability, Respect, Results.

Executive remuneration has a fixed component 
(base salary plus superannuation capped at 
$25,000 per annum) and a component that varies 
with performance (STI and LTI).  The remuneration 
mix is weighted towards the variable component 

and is awarded in cash and Performance Rights for 
STI (with right to elect to take 100% in Performance 
Rights), to reward for achievement of strategic 
objectives aligned with shareholders’ interests.

Figure 8  FY21 Remuneration Mix for Northern Star Executive KMP (pre-merger)

Bill Beament

19%

23%

Stuart Tonkin

24%

29%

58%

48%

Luke Creagh

31%

Ryan Gurner

Hilary Macdonald

34%

38%

38%

31%

34%

Maximum opportunity - FY21 Northern Star STI: BB ST & LC STI = 120% of FAR, RG & HM STI = 90% of FAR 
FY21 Northern Star LTI: BB LTI = 300% of FAR, ST LTI = 200% of FAR, LC & RG LTI = 100% of FAR, HM LTI = 75% of FAR

Figure 9  FY21 Remuneration Mix for Saracen Executive KMP (pre-merger)

Raleigh Finlayson

Morgan Ball

Simon Jessop

33%

36%

36%

33%

27%

27%

Key

FAR

STI

LTI

31%

34%

28%

33%

36%

36%

95

Maximum opportunity - RF FY21 Saracen STI & LTI = 100% of FAR. MB & SJ FY21 Saracen STI = 75% of FAR, LTI = 100% of FAR

Figure 10  FY21 Remuneration Mix for ex-Saracen Northern Star Executive KMP from 12 Feb 2021

Raleigh Finlayson

Morgan Ball

Simon Jessop

38%

37%

38%

23%

26%

25%

38%

37%

38%

Key

FAR

STI

LTI

Maximum opportunity - RF FY21 Northern Star STI = 100%, LTI = 200% of FAR. MB & SJ FY21 Northern Star STI = 75% of FAR, LTI = 100% of FAR

The following sections 6-8 of this Report provide more information about:

• 

• 

FAR (and the reasons for the changes to FAR); 

STI and LTI KPIs (and the reasons for changes made to the KPIs between FY20, FY21 and FY22), and

•  measurement of performance against the FY21 STI (for both Saracen and NST pre-merger).

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

6. Fixed annual remuneration (FAR)

• 

Cash salary with superannuation capped at 
$25,000 per annum

• 

Benchmarked against ASX100 and mining 

industry peers for comparable roles and 
responsibilities

• 

Periodic remuneration reviews conducted as 
appropriate 

7. Short term Incentives – Performance Against FY21 StI targets

Under the agreed terms of the merger, it was 
decided that the respective short term incentive 
schemes for pre-merger Northern Star KMP and 
pre-merger Saracen KMP would continue to 
operate for the balance of FY21 after the merger 
implementation date of 12 February 2021. 

The tables below set out performance against 
the KPIs applicable to both the Northern Star and 
Saracen FY21 STI granted to the Executive KMP.  
The total FY21 STI achievement for the Executive 
KMP (including Saracen pre-merger KMP) ranged 
from 45.5% to 71%8.

(a)  FY21 StI for Northern Star pre-merger Executive KMP

• 

STI opportunity is calculated as a percentage 
of FAR

•  Maximum STI opportunity was 120% of FAR 

for the Executive Chair, and from 90% to 120% 
of FAR for the other Executive KMP

 -

efficient use of capital and operational 
expenditure is key to maintaining control 
over costs; and

Strategic measures – These are nominated 
by the Board for Executive KMP according 
to role performed, and assessed on an 
individual basis with a view to targeting 
specific areas for improvement or focus in 
the operations, the achievement of which 
are above and beyond business as usual 
requirements of the role

97

96

Darren Pike, Light 
Vehicle Maintenance 
Fitter, Kanowna Belle, 
Kalgoorlie operations. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

80% of the STI is weighted towards 
companywide performance metrics with 20% 
weighted toward individual strategic measures

STI is measured over a one year performance 
period (1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021)

The STI is settled 50% in cash and 50% in 
Performance Rights. KMP can elect at the 
time of offer to have the STI settled 100% in 
Performance Rights.

The following Company wide performance 
metrics, which are aligned with our Mission, 
were chosen:

 -

Focus on Safety – Total Recordable 
Injury Frequency Rate (TRFIR) – this is 
a measure of how many restricted work 
injuries (RWIs)9  and lost time injuries 
(LTIs)10 occur per million hours worked by 
our employees and contractors. The safety 
of our employees is key to our success 
and in sustaining long term operational 
performance

 -

Production Performance – Our production 
is directly related to the financial returns 
we generate for our shareholders 

 -

Financial Management – disciplined and 

A summary of the FY20 Share Plan under which 
the FY21 STI Performance Rights were granted is 
provided at page 124.

Table 3 sets out the Companywide performance 
metrics (80% of the FY21 STI), relative weightings 
and performance outcome for the FY21 Northern 
Star pre-merger STI. The outcome of the Northern 
Star pre-merger Executive KMP against the FY21 STI 
Individual performance metrics (20% of the FY21 
STI) are provided in Table 4.  

The total FY21 STI achievement for the pre-merger 
Northern Star Executive KMP ranged from 58.5% 
to 71%. The STI comprises 50% cash and 50% 
Performance Rights, with the ability to elect at offer 
to take the cash component in Performance Rights 
in lieu of cash, as shown in Table 5. Total Northern 
Star pre-merger FY21 STI Company and Individual 
KPI final outcome, percentage and number of rights 
and cash is provided to pre-merger Executive KMP 
is shown in Table 5.

8.  For all Saracen KMP, the overall quantum of STI available was reduced by 20% in light of the tragic fatality which occurred in July 2020 at Saracen’s 

Carosue Dam operations.  

9.  RWI is a work injury that results in the injured person being unable to fully perform their ordinary occupation any time after the day or shift on which the 

injury occurred regardless of whether they are rostered to work, or where alternative/light duties are performed or hours restricted.

10.  LTI is a work injury that results in an absence from work for at least one full day or shift any time after the day or shift on which the injury occurred.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 3  FY21 STI Company KPI performance measures and outcomes (80% of STI) 

Company 
KPIs

Focus  
on safety  
(20%)

Location Weighting Measure

Metric

Outcome

% STI  
vested

All

20%

Total 
Recordable 
Injury 
Frequency 
Rate

TRIFR ≥6.4 = 0%

Threshold TRIFR <6.4 = 50%

Target TRIFR <4.3 = 100%

Stretch TRIFR <3.3 = 125%

TRIFR 4.2

21%

Production 
Performance 
(40%)

Australia

30%

Pogo

10%

Gold 
Production 
within 
stated 
guidance

Australia

15%

Financial 
Management 
(20%)

AISC within 
stated 
guidance

98

Pogo

5%

80%

Threshold 760koz = 0%

Target 840koz = 100%

Stretch 860koz = 125%

779koz 
gold sold

8%

Threshold 180koz = 0%

Target 200koz = 100%

Stretch 230koz = 125%

204koz 
gold sold

11%

Threshold A$1,540/oz = 50%

Target A$1,490/oz = 100%

Stretch A$1,465/oz = 125%

A$1,537 
per ounce

8%

Threshold US$1,400/oz = 50%

Target US$1,300/oz = 100%

Stretch US$1,250/oz = 125%

US$1,357 
per ounce

3%

51%

Mt Charlotte headframe, 
KCGM, Kalgoorlie 
operations. 

table 4  FY21 STI pre-merger NST Individual KPI performance measures and outcomes 
(20% of STI)

Individual  
KPIs

Measure

Weighting

STI 
Outcome

% STI  
vested

Bill Beament 
(20%)

Demonstrate improved retention of talent 
initiatives

20%

7.5%

7.5%

Stuart Tonkin 
(20%)

Luke Creagh 
(20%)

Focus and facilitate a sustainable pipeline of 
talent within the business

Culture Survey > 80% staff participation

Culture Survey - Improved year on year 
average score for Engagement & STARR 
Core Value Elements

Pogo - achieve over 65koz in Q3 or Q4 at 
under US$1,200/oz)

Develop strategy & plan for Yandal to 
produce over 400koz by FY23

Culture Survey - Improved year on year 
average score for Engagement & STARR 
Core Value Elements

Target annualised operational and  
corporate cost reductions of 2-3% of total 
spend ($20-$30/oz):

10%

5%

5%

10%

5%

5%

10%

0%

5%

0%

5%

5%

15%

10%

99

Ryan Gurner 
(20%)

<$20M cost reduction = 0%

$20M cost reduction = 50%

$30M cost reduction = 100% (pro-rata 
>$20M-$30M)

20%

15%

15%

Develop program of Board education 
by subject matter experts on risk and 
opportunities flowing from Nasdaq Board 
evaluation

10%

10%

Develop and implement best practice legal 
document management system

10%

10%

Hilary 
Macdonald 
(20%)

TOTAL

20%

7.5% to 20%

TOTAL STI

(out of 100%)  Company + Individual STI outcome

58.5% to 71%

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 5  Northern Star pre-merger FY21 STI final outcome, percentage and number 
of Performance Rights and cash (where no election was made to take STI in 100% 
Performance Rights)

Name

Performance 
Rights 
Awarded 

Company  
KPI %  
achieved

Individual  
KPI %  
achieved

Total  
STI % 
achieved12

(STRETCH 120%)

(MAX 80%)

(MAX 20%)

Performance  
Rights 
vested 
Rights

Cash  
STI  
paid

Performance 
Rights  
lapsed11

% 
Performance 
Rights 
lapsed11

Bill Beament

123,951

Stuart Tonkin

106,244

Luke Creagh

26,561 (cash 
50% election)

Ryan Gurner

33,201

Hilary 
Macdonald

15,770 (cash 
50% election)

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

15%

10%

15%

7.5%

58.5%

60,426

66%

58,434

nil

nil

63,525

51.3%

47,810

45.0%

61%

13,501

$183,000

13,060

49.2%

66%

18,260

nil

14,941

45.0%

20%

71%

9,330

$126,469

6,440

40.8%

100

(b)  FY21 StI for Saracen pre-merger Executive KMP

Under the agreed term of the merger, it was decided 
that the respective STI schemes for pre-merger 
Northern Star Executive KMP and pre-merger 
Saracen Executive KMP would continue to operate 
for the balance of FY21.

Table 6 shows the pre-merger Saracen FY21 STI 
performance metrics, weightings, and outcomes for 
the pre-merger Saracen Executive KMP.  

StI Saracen pre-merger KMP

Details of the STI for the pre-merger Saracen KMP 
are as follows:

• 

STI opportunity is calculated as a percentage 
of FAR

•  Maximum STI opportunity is 100% of FAR for 

the MD and 75% for other KMP 

• 

For the MD, 50% of the STI is weighted 
towards companywide performance metrics 
and 50% weighted towards individual strategic 
measures. 

• 

For the other KMP, 75% of the STI is weighted 
towards companywide performance metrics 
and 25% weighted towards individual strategic 
measures.

• 

Individual strategic measures were:

 -

Raleigh Finlayson: Delivering Strategy 25% 
and Board Measures 25%

 -

Simon Jessop: Board Measures 25%

 - Morgan Ball: Board Measures 25%

• 

• 

STI is measured over a one year performance 
period (1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021)

The STI is settled 100% in cash, calculated 
using the pre-merger FY21 FAR

The total FY21 STI achievement for the pre-Merger 
Saracen Executive KMP ranged from 45.5% to 
65.5%. 

Table 6 sets out the companywide performance 
measures and outcomes, and Table 7 the results of 
individual performance measures.

11.  Based on Performance Rights awarded at maximum opportunity, shown in column 1.
12.  This column shows the percentage of STI achieved with reference to the target, not stretch, number of Performance Rights. For example, Stuart Tonkin  
was originally granted the full stretch award of 106,244 Performance Rights. The number of Performance Rights to be granted without the stretch  
component would have been 88,536 Performance Rights. He achieved 66% STI KPI satisfaction, and therefore he received 58,434 vested Performance 
Rights (88,536 x 66% = 58,434). The number of Performance Rights shown as lapsed in the table above for Stuart Tonkin is  therefore 106,244 – 58,434 = 
47,810 lapsed Performance Rights.

% STI  
vested

0%

12.5%

3%

15%

0.5%

table 6  Pre-merger Saracen FY21 STI Company KPI performance measures and outcomes  
(50% of RF STI, 75% of MB & SJ STI)

Company 
KPIs

Focus  
on safety  
(40%)

Weighting Measure

Metric

Outcome

20%

Total 
Recordable 
Injury 
Frequency 
Rate

Threshold TRIFR 12 maintained = 0%

Target 10% reduction = 50%

Stretch 20% reduction = 100%

Nil award due 
to Carosue Dam 
operations Fatality  in 
July 2020 pre-merger

20%

Principal 
Hazard 
Management

Threshold Revise Principal Hazards 
& implement across business = 0%

Target Principal Hazard thinking well 
engrained in shop floor = 50%

Stretch Develop Task observations 
with Principal Hazard focus against 
core production roles = 100%

Threshold: zero penalties for ESG 
compliance = 0%

7.5%

ESG 
incidents

Target: Zero significant ESG 
breaches = 50%

Stretch: Proactive improvement in 
ESG status = 100%

ESG 
(10%)

Principal Hazards 
implemented; 
embedded into day-
to-day site thinking. 
Critical Control Gap 
work completed and 
incorporated into the 
Change Management 
Process

Minor breaches but no 
penalties or significant 
breaches. 

Improved focus and 
improvement re ESG 
matters.

Engagement with stakeholders 
and community. Improvement in 
Sustainability Score

ISS sustainability score 
improved at December 
2020 prior to merger

2.5%

101

Engagement 
and 
Sustainability 
Score

AISC within 
stated 
guidance

2.5%

15%

15%

Financial 
Management 
(15%)

Production 
Performance 
(15%)

Cash build 
(10%)

10%

Threshold: Achieve guidance = 0%

Target: Exceed guidance by 1.5% = 
50%

Stretch: Exceed guidance by 3% = 
100%

Exceeded guidance by 
4.8%

(A$1,276 per ounce)

Gold 
Production 
within stated 
guidance

Threshold: Achieve guidance (0%)

Target: Exceed guidance by 2.5% 
(50%)

Stretch Exceed guidance by 4% 
(100%)

Exceeded guidance by 
0.3% 

(627koz gold sold)

Budgeted 
free cash 
flow before 
debt

Threshold: Achieve budgeted free 
cashflow before debt = 0%

Target: Exceed budgeted free cash 
flow before debt by 100% = 50%

Stretch:  Exceed budgeted free cash 
flow before debt by 200% = 100%

Exceeded budgeted 
cash flow before debt 
by 354%

10%

Future 
proofing 
(10%)

10%

Operational 
and strategic 
planning

Threshold: Deliver operational plan 
= 0%

Target: Deliver on strategic plan 
= 5%; Stretch: Implement Future 
Proofing Plan = 10%

TOTAL

100%

Operational 
Plan achieved. 
Strategic Plan and 
implementation of 
future proofing on 
track at merger date:

•  Additional BCM’s 

moved at CDO & TBO

•  CDO Mill expansion

7.5%

51%

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 7  Pre-merger Saracen FY21 STI Individual KPI performance measures and outcomes 

8. Long term Incentives 

Individual KPIs Measure

SAR MD

Other SAR KMP

Weighting

Outcome*

Weighting

Outcome*

“Strategy” 
(RF -50% of STI)

Delivering strategy

50%

40%

-

-

“Board 
measures” 
(RF -of STI 
SJ -25% of STI 
MB- 25% of STI)

•  Excellent operating 
parameters - AISC, 
production delivery

•  Vastly improved KCGM 

performance on open pit 
and processing 

•  Delivery of the merger on 
good terms and excellent 
due diligence

•  Exceptional corporate 
merger work including 
debt delivery and 
management of 
Saracen’s external legal 
and accounting teams.

50%

40%

100%

80%

TOTAL

100%

80%

100%

80%

102

* The post-merger Board awarded full achievement 
of these short term incentive performance measures, 
and then exercised downward discretion as a result 
of the fatality at the Carosue Dam operations in July 
2020, reducing the individual STI by 20%.  

The Saracen FY21 STI cash payments were 
calculated on the basis of pre-merger FAR. 

Saracen FY21 STI KMP Company and Individual STI 
final outcome, percentage and number of rights and 
cash is shown in Table 8.

table 8  Pre-merger Saracen FY21 STI final outcome, percentage and cash

Name

Raleigh 
Finlayson

Company KPI

% STI

Individual KPI
% of FAR

% achieved

% STI

% achieved

% of FAR

Total STI %  
as % of FAR

Cash  
Paid

% of STI 
forfeited

51%

50%

25.5%

80%

50%

40%

65.5%

$556,750

34%

Simon Jessop 51%

50%

25.5%

80%

25%

20%

45.5%

$250,250

40%

Morgan Ball

51%

50%

25.5%

80%

25%

20%

45.5%

$238,875

40%

The purpose of the Northern Star LTI is to focus the 
senior leadership team on drivers of shareholder 
value over a period of three years (this is changing 
to four years, for the FY22 annual grant onwards). 
Specific performance metrics have been selected 
that will reward both KMP and shareholders for 
strong and sustained long term performance.

For the FY20 LTI grant the maximum opportunity 
was 300% of FAR for the Executive Chair, and 
between 75% and 100% of FAR for the other KMP.

Table 9 below sets out the performance metrics 
applicable to the FY20 LTI granted to the Executive 
KMP to be measured following the end of the 3 year 
performance period, on 30 June 2022.

table 9  Summary of FY20 LTI KPIs (performance period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022)

KPIs

Weighting

Measure

Metric

Rationale for this KPI

Financial – 
Return on 
Invested 
Capital 
(ROIC) 
(25%)

25%

ROIC is calculated 
as 3 years’ NPAT 
divided by the 
average invested 
capital for the 3 year 
performance period

Threshold <15% = 0%

Target 15% = 50%

Stretch ≥20% = 100%

Pro rata vesting between 
10% and 20% ROIC

Financial 
– Relative 
Total 
shareholder 
Return (TSR) 
(50%)

50%

Relative TSR 
measured against 
the VanEck Vectors 
Gold Miners ETF 
(GDX)13

Threshold 18% than GDX = 100%

Pro rata vesting for exceeding target

Ore Reserves are 
maintained post-
depletion over the three 
year performance period

Ore Reserves grown by 
10% per Share over the 
three year performance 
period

Satisfied by the end of year 3 = 100%

Satisfied by the end of year 3 = 100%

TOTAL

100%

The quantum of FY21 LTI granted to ex-Saracen 
KMP on joining Northern Star on 12 February 2021, 
Raleigh Finlayson, Morgan Ball and Simon Jessop, 
was reduced to 4/12 of the annual quantum on the 
basis of their only being a Northern Star KMP from 
12 February 2021 to 30 June 2021 for FY21. 

14.  ROIC is calculated as:

Average annual net profit after tax (NPAT) for the 3 year period  
(i.e. sum of NPAT divided by 3) 
Average capital employed over the vesting period  
(i.e. opening and closing capital employed divided by 2) 

where: capital employed is defined as equity plus debt

15.  If the Company’s TSR performance is negative, but exceeds GDX, only 

50% of this metric vests

Kanowna Belle processing 
plant, Kalgoorlie operations. 

9. Vesting of Long term Incentives during FY21

No Long Term Incentive Performance Rights held 
by KMP vested in FY21. This is because in FY17 
the KMP received a grant of Long Term Incentive 
Performance Rights with a three year performance 

period, which vested in October 2019, and there 
were no grants of Long Term Incentive Performance 
Rights in FY18 or in FY19 to KMP.

10. Vesting of FY20 Restricted Shares held by Chief Operating Officer under
Retention Share Plan

The Restricted Shares granted to Chief Operating 
Officer Luke Creagh during FY20, as a retention tool 
in the face of a competitive offer of employment 
elsewhere, vested on 1 July 2021 as a result of 

satisfaction of the service condition to remain 
employed with the Company on 1 July 2021. Mr 
Creagh continues to remain employed by the 
Company.

11. treatment of unvested FY20 and FY21 LtI Performance Rights held by Bill
Beament (Executive Chair, employment ended 1 July 2021)

Bill Beament’s employment ended on 1 July 2021 
as a result of Mr Beament’s decision to pursue 
other interests. The Board used its discretion to 
allow Mr Beament to keep the 388,367 unvested 
FY20 LTI Performance Rights granted to him in 
November 2019, given his critical contribution to the 
Company strategy up to 1 July, 2021 and the impact 
his leadership will have had on the Company’s 
performance up to the measurement date, 30 June 
2022. The 388,367 unvested FY20 LTI Performance 
Rights retained by Mr Beament will be measured for 
performance as at 30 June 2022.

The FY21 LTI Performance Rights granted to Mr 
Beament in November 2020, which are due to be 
measured at the end of the three year performance 
period on 30 June 2023, were reduced by two 
thirds, to reflect that Mr Beament will have 

performed an executive role with the Company for 
only one out of the three year performance period. 
The remainder of the Performance Rights granted 
in November 2020 remain subject to meeting the 
original performance measures and will be assessed 
as at 30 June 2023. Accordingly, the 309,878 FY21 
Performance Rights held by Mr Beament as at 30 
June 2021 have subsequently been reduced by 
206,585 Performance Rights to 103,293.

When Mr Beament left the Company’s employment 
on 1 July 2021, he received four months’  pay 
being the balance of his contractual notice period,  
contractual reimbursements of expenses incurred 
by Mr Beament for which the Company was 
responsible, and accrued statutory entitlements. No 
other payments were made to Mr Beament upon his 
departure. 

105

 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

12. FY22 Executive KMP remuneration changes

Figure 11  FY22 Remuneration Mix for Northern Star Executive KMP

During FY21, the Remuneration Committee 
conducted a benchmarking review to ensure total 
remuneration packages for the Executive KMP (and 
other leaders) remain market competitive, to reward 
for delivery of strategic objectives and to assist with 
retention of a high-performing management team, 
for the benefit of shareholders.  In addition, the 
Committee wished to ensure the additional KMP 
joining the Northern Star team from Saracen were 
appropriately and equitably positioned.  

Industry benchmarking analysis was undertaken 
by remuneration consultants against peer groups 
included the GDX Index companies, the ASX100 
companies and mining industry peers.

The Remuneration Committee’s changes to 
Executive KMP fixed and variable remuneration 
following the review are set out in Table 11 below. A 
high proportion of the overall remuneration is at risk, 
with a view to better incentivising the achievement 
of the Company’s strategy and further increasing 
alignment to shareholders’ interests. 

table 11  FY22 Changes to Executive KMP16 Fixed Remuneration17

FY22  
Executive  
KMP 12

Stuart Tonkin
Managing Director and CEO  
from 22 July 2021

FY21  
FAR

FY22  
FAR

$1,200,000

$1,700,000

106

Simon Jessop 
Chief Operating Officer

$600,000 

$875,000

Morgan Ball
Chief Financial Officer

$600,000

$750,000

Hilary Macdonald
General Counsel & Company Secretary

$475,000

$625,000

The KMP are subject to a Minimum Holding 
Condition Policy, requiring the Managing Director 
& CEO to maintain a minimum level of Shares or 

vested performance rights ownership of 100% of 
FAR and other Executive KMP of 50% of FAR.

13. FY22 Executive KMP17 remuneration mix

Figure 5 illustrates that in relation to the Executive 
KMP for FY22, variable remuneration represents at 
least 71% of maximum remuneration opportunity, 
with the Managing Director & CEO’s variable 
remuneration comprising 82% of the maximum 

remuneration opportunity. The FY22 LTIs include a 
one-off 3-year award to compensate for a vesting 
gap in FY24 as a result of moving to 4-year vesting 
from this year, as detailed on pages 109 and 110.

16. For FY22, Luke Creagh, Chief Operating Officer and Raleigh Finlayson, Executive Director will not be included in the Company’s Executive KMP since 

they will no longer fall within the definition of Key Management Personnel under AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures. 

17.  Table 11 is a voluntary disclosure included in this Report to improve transparency around how Northern Star rewards Executive KMP and has not been   

prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.

Stuart Tonkin

18%

18%

36%

27%

Simon Jessop

27%

27%

27%

20%

Morgan Ball

Hilary Macdonald

30%

30%

23%

23%

30%

30%

17%

17%

Key

FAR

STI

LTI-1

LTI-2

Maximum opportunity:
Stuart Tonkin FY22 STI = 100%, LTI = 200% of FAR (4yr performance period), plus second LTI of 150% of FAR (3yr performance period). 
Simon Jessop FY22 STI = 100% of FAR, LTI = 100% of FAR (4yr performance period), plus second LTI of 75% of FAR (3yr performance period). 
Morgan Ball & Hilary Macdonald FY22 STI = 75% of FAR, LTI = 100% of FAR (4yr performance period), plus second LTI of 75% of FAR (3yr performance period).

14. FY22 Short term Incentive

The STI performance metrics have been slightly 
modified for FY22 with the removal of Individual 
KPIs. All KMP will be assessed on the same 
companywide performance measures.

The maximum opportunity for the Managing 
Director & CEO is 100% of FAR, with the other KMP 
opportunities ranging from 75% to 100% of FAR.

• 

STI opportunity is calculated as a percentage 
of FAR

•  Maximum STI opportunity is 100% of FAR 
for the Managing Director & CEO and the 
Chief Operating Officer, and the maximum 
STI opportunity is 75% for the other Executive 
KMP. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

100% of the STI is weighted towards 
companywide performance metrics (with no 
individual strategic measures)

STI is measured over a one year performance 
period (1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022)

The STI is settled 50% in cash and 50% in 
Performance Rights. KMP can elect at the 
time of offer to have the STI settled 100% in 
Performance Rights.

The following Companywide performance 
metrics which are aligned with our Vision and 
Mission were chosen:

 -

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRFIR) – this is a measure of how many 
restricted work injuries (RWIs) and lost 
time injuries (LTIs) occur per million hours 
worked by our employees and contractors. 

The safety of our employees is key to 

our success and in sustaining long term 

operational performance. 

 -

Employee Culture – a healthy constructive 

culture underpins and promotes 

employee engagement, feelings of job 

107

satisfaction and retention, which together 

contribute significantly to the safety of our 

workplaces.

 - Nil community, heritage or environmental 

incidents –  we act responsibly in our 

environmental and social business 

practices; we believe this supports the 

creation of strong economic returns for 

our shareholders, and shared value for our 

stakeholders

 -

Production Performance – Our production 

is directly related to the financial returns 

we generate for our shareholders. 

 -

Financial Management – disciplined and 

efficient use of capital and operational 

expenditure is key to maintaining control 

over costs.

A summary of the FY20 Share Plan under which the 

FY22 STI Performance Rights are granted is at page 

124. Table 12 sets out the performance metrics and 

hurdles applicable to the FY22 STI granted to the 

Executive KMP, to be measured following the end of 

the 1-year performance period on 30 June 2022.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 12  FY22 STI KPIs (performance period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022)

KPIs

Weighting

Measure

Metric

20%

Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate18

Threshold TRIFR  <5.6 (FY21) = 10%

Target < 5.3 = 15%

Stretch TRIFR   <5.0  = 20%

linear pro rata between these figures (no 
fatality gateway for vesting)

5%

5%

40%

30%

Employee Culture 
Survey Benchmark

Threshold Perform Culture Survey

STARR+E > 65% employees = 5%

(minimum participation rate required is 65% of 
all Northern Star group employees)

Environmental  
& Social

Nil materially adverse Community, Heritage  
or Environmental Incidents

Gold Sales within  
stated guidance  
(pro-rata)

AISC within stated 
guidance 
(pro-rata)

Threshold: 1,550 koz = 0%

Target: 1,600 koz = 50%

Stretch: 1,650 koz = 100%

Threshold: A$1,575/oz = 50%

Target: A$1,525/oz = 75%

Stretch: A$1,475/oz = 100%

Employee  
Environment   
Social  
Governance 
(30%)

Production 
Performance 
(40%)

Financial 
Management 
(30%)

108

TOTAL

100%

The Board retains discretion to adjust the STI payments 

Tiffany Collins, Resource 
Development Geologist 
at Thunderbox, Yandal 
operations. 

18.  The pre-merger Northern Star TRIFR was 4.2 at 30 June 2021. As a consequence of the merger with Saracen, the Group TRIFR was 5.6 at 30 June 2021.

15. FY22 Long term Incentive

To better align the LTI with the interests of 
shareholders, the Board has increased the 
performance period of the LTI from three to four 
years taking effect from FY22 with measurement 
at 30 June 2025. To fill the vesting gap in the third 
year (30 June 2024) as a result of the increase 
in performance period, a decision was made to 
award a one-off LTI grant in FY22 with a three-
year performance period (identified below as 
LTI-2) which will be measured at 30 June 2024 
and is at 75% of the annual grant amount. It does 
not represent a doubling up of LTI incentives but 
this ensures that KMP will have a portion of LTI 
opportunity subject to vesting in each year. Given 
the reduction to 75% of the annual grant amount in 
year 3, this represents a diminution in the awards 
KMP would have received had the Board retained 
3-year vesting.

The performance metrics in the FY22 LTI grants 
have also been changed.

The Return on Invested Capital has been replaced 
by two relative Total shareholder Return measures 
against a group of ASX and international gold peers 
with whom the Company may compete for inorganic 
growth activity and for human capital.  

The GDX index has been replaced by the S&P TSX 
Global Gold Index as an appropriate alternative peer 
group to the ASX/Internatinal gold peers mentioned 
above. 

The strategic mine life performance measures have 
been replaced with new ESG metrics relating to an 
absolute reduction in greenhouse gas emissions, 
indigenous business supply chain development, and 
water management. These measures were included 
following feedback from shareholders.  Safety 
measures have been included in both the STI and 
LTI as this rewards consistent performance over the 
long term.

• 

LTI opportunity is calculated as a percentage 
of FAR

•  Maximum LTI-1 opportunity is 200% of FAR for 

the Managing Director & CEO, and 100% for 
the other Executive KMP.

•  Maximum LTI-2 opportunity is 150% of FAR for 
the Managing Director & CEO, and 75% for the 
other Executive KMP.

• 

• 

• 

• 

LTI-1 is measured over a four year performance 
period (1 July 2021 to 30 June 2025). This is 
an annual grant, and differs from the FY20 
and FY21 LTI grants which were subject to a 
three year performance period. The rationale 
for extending the performance period for 
the annual LTI grant from three to four years 
is to further align the KMP with long term 
outcomes.

LTI-2 is measured over a three year 
performance period (1 July 2021 to 30 June 
2024). As described above, this LTI-2 grant 
is designed to fill the vesting gap created by 
moving from a three-year vesting scheme to a 
four-year scheme. 

The LTI is settled 100% in Performance Rights.

A service condition requiring full time 
employment applies throughout the 
performance period for both LTI.

A summary of the FY20 Share Plan under which 
the FY22 STI Performance Rights are granted is at 
pages 124 to 125.

Table 13 sets out the KPIs applicable to the FY22 
LTI granted to the Executive KMP (in the case 
of the Managing Director & CEO, subject to 
shareholder approval at Annual General Meeting 
on 18 November 2021).  The KMP grants will occur 
following the Annual General Meeting. The provision 
of the two LTI grants for FY22 aligns all KMP with 
similar long term incentive opportunity and provides 
both retention and aligned awards for KMP. 

109

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 13  FY22 LTI-1 KPIs – 4 and 3 year performance period

16. FY21 and FY22 Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

KPIs

Weighting

LTI-1 
(4yr)     

LTI-2 
(3yr)   

Measure

Metric

Summary of Fees payable to Non-Executive Directors for FY21 and FY22 is provide in Table 14.

table 14  Non-Executive Director FY21 and FY22 fees

110

35%

40%

RTSR to peer group 
including Australian 
and international 
peers19

Gateway RTSR < 50th percentile = 0% vest

Threshold RTSR = 50th percentile = 50% vest

Target RTSR > 75th percentile = 100% vest

Maximum RTSR between 50th and 75th percentile = 50% 
to 100% vest on a linear basis

RTSR to be assessed in home currencies

Relative 
Total 
shareholder 
Return

Modifier: Where the Company TSR performance is negative at the end of the assessment period, and the 
Company TSR performance is equal to or exceeds S&P TSX Global Gold Index TSR performance, the number 
of Performance Rights which may vest is 50% of the number determined from the vesting scale above

35%

40%

RTSR to the S&P TSX 
Global Gold Index 
(GGI)

Gateway RTSR< Index  0%

Threshold RTSR=Index – 50%

Target RTSR>7.5% above the Index for the 3-year award 
and >10% for the 4-year award = 100% vest on a straight 
line basis

Modifier: Where Company TSR performance is negative at the end of the performance period, and the 
Company TSR performance is equal to or exceeds S&P TSR Global Gold Index performance, the number 
of Performance Rights which may vest is 50% of the number determined from the vesting scale above.

10%

8%

Reduce absolute 
carbon emissions

ESG metrics

10%

6%

LTI-1 Introduce 
Water conservation 
Project(s)

LTI-2 Support 
Indigenous 
businesses

10%

6%

A Reportable TRIFR 
(12 month moving 
average)

Reduce absolute carbon equivalent emissions from 
existing fixed asset levels:

•  LTI-1 – by 100,000t (CO2 equivalent) by end of FY25 

on a sustaining annualised basis

•  LTI-2 – by 50,000t (CO2 equivalent) by end of FY24 

on a sustaining annualised basis

•  LTI-1 To reduce baseline usage on potable scheme 

water sources (KCGM) by 10%.

•  LTI-2 Establish sustaining Indigenous Business Supply 

contracts of $20Mpa by end of FY24

Prorated between:
•  LTI-1 – 5.0 (50%) and 4.8 (100%)

•  LTI-2 – 5.2 (50%) and 5.0 (100%)
subject to a threshold gate of 10% below industry average 
for metalliferous mining (surface and underground and 
exploration), as reported by DMIRS for 2023-2024 for LTI-
1, and 2022-2023 for LTI-2 20

Service 
condition

Board 
Discretion

In addition to the KPIs described above, a service condition will apply – that is, subject to Board 
discretion, the employee must continue to be employed by the Company on a full time basis until 30 
June 2025 for LTI-1 or 30 June 2024 for LTI-2.

The Board retains discretion to adjust LTI outcome in the case of, but not limited to, a fatality

TOTAL

100%

19.  Peer group comprises Newcrest, Kirkland Lake, Agnico Eagle, Kinross, Goldfields, AngloGold Ashanti, B2 Gold, Endeavour, Evolution, Newmont, Barrick.
20. Company TRIFR at 30 June 2021 was 5.6 and the industry average was 6.2.

FY21

FY22

Non-Executive Director fees (fixed annual remuneration payable in cash (inclusive of superannuation))

Chairman

n/a

$575,000

Other Non-Executive Directors

$175,000

$190,000 21 

Additional fees

Lead Independent Director*

Audit & Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Environmental, Social & Safety 
Committee

Chair

Member

Chair

Member

Chair

Member

Exploration and Growth Committee Chair

Nomination Committee

Member

Chairman

Member

$40,000

$60,000

$35,000

$20,000

$30,000

$15,000

$15,000

$7,500

n/a

n/a

nil

nil

$50,000

$25,000

$50,000

$25,000

$40,000

$20,000

$30,000

$15,000

nil

nil

111

* The current Lead Independent Director, Anthony 
Kiernan, has announced his intention to retire 
with effect at the November 2021 Annual General 
Meeting. It is not intended that this role will continue 
beyond the Annual General Meeting in view of the 
Chairman’s appointment on 1 July in a non-executive 
capacity.

All the Non-Executive Directors including the 
Chairman are subject to a Minimum Holding 

Condition Policy, requiring them to maintain a 
minimum level of security ownership of 100% of the 
NED base fee of $190,000.

Statutory remuneration disclosures for Non-
Executive Directors for the current and previous 
financial year are provided in Table 15, calculated 
with reference to the Corporations Act and 
Australian Accounting Standards, in Australian 
dollars.

21.  The Non-Executive Directors can elect at the start of each financial year to receive a $50,000 portion of their NED base fee in NED Share Rights under the 
FY20 NED Share Plan, the terms of which are summarised at page 126 of this Report. Anthony Kiernan, John Richards and Sally Langer have each elected 
to take NED Share Rights in lieu of $50,000 of their NED base fee, subject to shareholder approval at the November 2021 AGM.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 15 Non-Executive Directors FY20 & FY21 remuneration

Name

Year

Base Fee 26

Performance  
Rights

Audit & Risk 
Committee

ESS  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Exploration  
& Growth

Super- 
annuation

Peter O’Connor22

John Fitzgerald

Shirley In'tVeld 23

Mary Hackett

Nicholas 
Cernotta

Christopher 
Rowe24

Anthony 
Kiernan25

Sally Langer 25

John Richards25

TOTAL

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

$

70,995

114,155 

136,660

150,685 

114,155 

114,155 

114,155 

114,155 

114,155 

114,155 

-

42,847 

75,383 

-

60,862 

-

62,268 

-

748,633

650,152

112

$

34,035

42,578 

54,715 

42,578 

54,715 

42,578 

54,715 

42,578 

54,715 

42,578 

-

15,933 

-

-

-

-

-

-

252,895

228,823

$

-

2,602 

31,963 

31,963 

12,285 

13,849 

18,265

15,749 

11,359 

15,663 

-

-

-

-

7,296 

-

7,116 

-

88,284

79,826

22.  Peter O'Connor resigned as a Non-Executive Director of the Company on 12 February 2021 on Implementation of the Merger with Saracen Minerals Holdings Limited.
23.  Shirley In't Veld resigned as a Non-Executive Director of the Company on 30 June 2021 
24. Christopher Rowe resigned as Non-Executive Director of the Company at the Annual General Meeting held on 14 November 2019'.
25.  Anthony Kiernan, Sally Langer and John Richards joined the Board as Non-Executive Directors of the Company on 12 February 2021 on Implementation of the merger with 

Saracen Minerals Holdings Limited.

26. Base fee in this table includes the Lead Independent Director fee payable to John Fitzgerald until 12 February 2021 from which point Anthony Kiernan  

was appointed Lead Independent Director

$

4,131

6,849 

-

976 

-

976 

13,699 

11,747 

-

-

-

1,952 

2,630 

-

-

-

-

-

$

8,262

11,736 

13,699 

14,821 

-

1,952 

-

-

27,397 

25,162 

-

2,004 

5,259 

-

5,472 

-

-

-

20,460

22,500

60,089

55,675

$

-

-

-

-

6,178 

-

-

-

5,153 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10,675 

-

22,006

-

$

7,922

12,857 

17,321 

18,852 

12,599 

12,439 

22,881 

13,457 

15,016 

14,723 

-

4,400 

7,911 

- 

6,995 

-

7,495 

-

115,461

76,728

Total

$

125,345

190,777 

254,358 

259,875 

199,932 

185,949 

223,715 

197,686 

227,795 

212,281 

-

67,136 

91,183 

- 

80,625 

-

87,554 

-

1,290,507

1,113,704

113

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

table 16  FY20 and FY21 Executive KMP Statutory Remuneration Disclosures 

Name & Role

Year

 Fixed Remuneration 

 Variable

Total Remuneration

114

-

Cash  
Salary

Other  
Benefits32

Movement  
in leave 
provisions33

Post 
Employment  
Benefits34

$

$

$

$

Executive

Bill Beament 
Executive Chair

Raleigh Finlayson27 
Managing Director

Stuart Tonkin 
Chief Executive Officer

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Luke Creagh  
Chief Operating Officer - 
Pogo & Yandal

2021

2020

Ryan Gurner28 
Chief Financial Officer

Hilary Macdonald 
General Counsel & 
Company Secretary

Morgan Ball29 
Chief Financial Officer

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Simon Jessop30 
Chief Operating Officer - 
Kalgoorlie operations

2021

2020

1,375,000

1,375,000

381,924

10,244

(51,743)

253,685

527,904

-

1,175,000

1,075,000

575,000

540,000

294,110

401,290

450,000

400,000

220,760

-

220,760

-

1,448

-

7,814

7,414

10,263

11,450

10,924

12,185

10,158

10,834

1,428

-

1,424

-

21,162

-

55,323

127,689

43,025

74,071

12,677

55,719

12,308

17,721

10,855

-

13,306

-

25,000

25,000

9,604

-

25,000

25,000

25,000

25,000

15,479

25,000

25,000

25,000

9,604

-

9,604

-

TOTAL

2021

2020

4,838,534 

3,791,290 

425,383 

52,127 

116,913 

528,885

144,291 

125,000 

This table represents remuneration for FY21 or part thereof during which a person was a KMP of Northern Star.

27.  Appointed as Managing Director on 12 February 2021. Short-term 

30. Appointed as Chief Operating Officer - Kalgoorlie operations on 12 

incentive pro-rated for the period of service with NST from 12 February 
2021 to 30 June 2021.

February 2021. Short-term incentive pro-rated for the period of service 
with NST from 12 February 2021 to 30 June 2021.

28.  Ceased as Chief Financial Officer on 12 February 2021. Remuneration pro-

rated for the period from 1 July 2020 to 12 February 2021

31.  Luke Creagh, Chief Operating Officer held 150,000 Restricted Shares that 
were subject to a holding lock until 1 July 2021 with a service condition.

29.  Appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 12 February 2021. Short-term 

32.  Other Benefits include telephone allowance, salary continuance 

incentive pro-rated for the period of service with NST from 12 February  
2021 to 30 June 2021.

insurance, private health insurance, D&O Insurance and parking - as well 
as any termination payments incurred during FY21. 

STI Cash  
Payment

STI Performance 
Rights

LTI Performance 
Rights

$

$

Total

$

756,534

490,329

1,689,525

1,004,302

4,176,240

3,158,560

-

-

867,745

385,684

2,190,78931

271,297

167,897

62,680

138,551

97,505

-

-

-

-

74,968

-

613,087

438,520

159,541

132,174

80,326

93,236

93,552

77,735

14,469

-

14,469

-

847,109

0%

2,743,969

2,059,307

3,186,618

1,147,217

581,413

734,579

856,038

628,795

348,085

-

354,864

-

4,121,516 

1,307,495 

2,739,937

1,745,967 

13,094,336

7,728,458 

Performance 
Related 
Remuneration35

%

59%

47%

34%

0%

54%

40%

17%

43%

43%

33%

42%

28%

30%

0%

31%

0%

43%

42%

115

$

-

-

212,023

-

-

-

183,000

93,225

-

84,469

126,469

-

90,969

-

95,301

-

707,762 

177,694 

33. Recognised in accordance with the Company's long service leave policy. 
Refer to Note 8(g) to the Financial Statements for further details. NST 
assumed employee entitlements for Saracen employees on merger. Bill 
Beament's leave entitlements were paid out on termination.

34. Superannuation, which in FY21 is capped at $25,000 for each member of 

the Executive KMP

35.  Performance related remuneration percentage calculation excludes COO 
retention rights held by Luke Creagh that had no performance conditions  
other than a service period to 30 June 2021.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt    

117

Maintaining the dry
stack tailings facility

Keith Koval, Surface Operations 
Leading Hand, Pogo operations. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

17. Allocation methodology for grant of FY21 StI & LtI Performance Rights

18. Allocation methodology for grant of FY21 NED Share Rights

The quantum of LTI and STI Performance Rights 
which were granted to the Executive KMP in 
FY21 was determined by dividing a percentage of 
their respective FAR by the face value of Shares 
(20 day VWAP prior to 1 July 2020 which was 
$13.5537). The percentage is set by the Board 
according to the role performed and experience 

held by each of the Executive KMP.

The maximum possible total value of the 
Performance Rights is the assessed fair value at the 
grant dates of the Performance Rights, calculated in 
accordance with Accounting Standards, multiplied 
by the number of Performance Rights granted.

table 17 Fair value of vested FY21 STI Performance Rights 36 
held by Executive KMP at 30 June 2021

Number  
of Rights 

Fair value 
per right  
($)

Fair value  
of rights 
total ($)

Performance 
Achieved  
(%)

Number 
Vested

Number 
forfeited/ 
lapsed

Bill Beament

123,951

$12.52

$1,551,867

58.5%

60,426

63,525

Raleigh Finlayson

Nil

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Stuart Tonkin

106,244

$14.85

$1,577,723

66.0%

58,434

47,810

The Non-Executive Directors can elect at the start 
of each financial year to receive a $50,000 portion 
of their NED base fee in NED Share Rights under 
the FY20 NED Share Plan (subject to shareholder 
approval), the terms of which are summarised at 
page 126 of this Report. 

The quantum of NED Share Rights which were 
granted to the Non-Executive Directors during FY21 
as approved by shareholders at the November AGM 
was determined by dividing the amount of $50,000 
for each Non-Executive Director by the face value 
of Shares (calculated as the 20 day VWAP up to and 

including 30 June 2020, which was $13.5537). 

The maximum possible total value of the NED Share 
Rights is the assessed fair value at the grant dates of 
the NED Share Rights, calculated in accordance with 
Accounting Standards, multiplied by the number of 
NED Share Rights granted.

The only vesting condition of the FY21 NED Share 
Rights is that the individual remains a Non-Executive 
Director of the Company on 30 June 2021, with pro 
rata reduction if the directorship ends for any reason 
prior to 30 June 2021.

table 19  Fair value of vested FY21 NED Share Rights held by the 
Non-Executive Directors at 30 June 2021 

Number  
of Rights 

Fair value 
per right  
($)

Fair value  
of rights 
total ($)

Service 
condition 
satisfied  
to 100%

Number 
Vested

Number 
forfeited/ 
lapsed

Luke Creagh

26,561

$14.85

$394,431

61.0%

13,501

13,060

Peter O’Connor 38

2,309

$14.74

$34,035

Hilary Macdonald

15,770

$14.85

$234,185

71.0%

9,330

6,440

118

Morgan Ball

Simon Jessop

Nil

Nil

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

table 18 Fair value of unvested FY21 LTI Performance Rights
held by Executive KMP at 30 June 2021

37 

Number  
of Rights 

Fair value per 
right  
($)

Fair value  
of rights total 
($)

Number 
Vested

Bill Beament

103,293

$9.81

$1,013,304

Raleigh Finlayson

68,862

$10.36

$713,410

Stuart Tonkin

Luke Creagh

177,073

44,268

Hilary Macdonald

26,284

Morgan Ball

Simon Jessop

14,756

14,756

$11.95

$11.95

$11.95

$9.38

$9.38

$2,116,022

$529,003

$314,094

$138,411

$138,411

SAR KMP FY21 Performance Rights were pro rated for FY21 from 12 Feb 2021

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Number 
forfeited/ 
lapsed

206,585

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

36.  FY21 STI Performance Rights grant date was 30 October 2020; measurement date was 30 June 2021.
37.   FY21 LTI Performance Rights grant date was 30 October 2020, except for Raleigh Finlayson, Morgan Ball and Simon Jessop whose LTIs were granted on 

12 February 2021. Measurement date is 30 June 2023.

John Fitzgerald

Shirley In’t Veld

Mary Hackett

Nick Cernotta

Anthony Kiernan

Sally Langer

John Richards

3,712

3,712

3,712

3,712

n/a

n/a

n/a

$14.74

$54,715

$14.74

$54,715

$14.74

$54,715

$14.74

$54,715

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

n/a

n/a

n/a

2,309

3,712

3,712

3,712

3,712

n/a

n/a

n/a

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

n/a

n/a

n/a

119

38. Held as at time of resignation. Total number of FY21 NED Share Rights reduced pro rata to reflect Mr O’Connor’s service period from 30 June 2020 

up to the date of his resignation on 12 February 2021.

Ross Wilkinson and Kratonga 
Ohuma at the Kanowna Belle 
tailings facility, Kalgoorlie 
Opertaions. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

19. Securities held by the KMP during FY21

The following tables set out the Shares and Performance Rights held by the KMP at the 
start and end of financial year ended 30 June 2021.

table 20  Shares held by the KMP 39 on 1 July 2020 and 30 June 2021 and changes 

Balance on  
1 July 2020

Changes  
during FY21

Balance on  
30 June 2021

Directors

Converted from vested 
Performance Rights / 
NED Share Rights

Acquired / sold on 
market (as applicable)

Bill Beament

5,845,274 40

60,844

120

John Fitzgerald

63,198

Peter O’Connor

400,000

Shirley In’t Veld

Mary Hackett

Nick Cernotta

Raleigh Finlayson41

Anthony Kiernan41

John Richards41

Sally Langer41

Executive KMP

53,198

15,405

-

-

-

-

-

Stuart Tonkin

1,100,000

Simon Jessop41

-

Luke Creagh

475,000 42

Ryan Gurner

Morgan Ball41

Hilary Macdonald

5,555

-

11,111

-

-

4,623

4,623

4,623

-

-

-

-

-

- 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,906,118

63,198

400,000

57,821

20,028

4,623

2,266,97844

2,266,978

33,754

10,558

2,210

33,754

10,558

2,210

236,516 45

(183,620)

-

471,98045

236,516

291,380

5,555

471,980

121,525

110,41443

-

TOTAL

7,968,741

185,127

2,763,376

10,917,244

39.  Including their close family members and entities controlled by them. No 

42. 150,000 of these were Restricted Shares during FY21,  released from 

Shares are held nominally by any of the KMP.

40. 976,001 were at 30 June 2021 subject to holding lock until the loan 

associated with these former vested FY15 and FY16 performance shares 
was repaid. This loan was repaid in August 2021.

41.  Was not a KMP on 1 July 2020. Shares acquired during FY21 were as 

a result of conversion of Saracen shares to Northern Star Shares as 
the Scheme consideration for the merger of the companies which was 
implemented on 12 February 2021. Under the Scheme Booklet for the 
merger, Raleigh Finlayson, Morgan Ball and Simon Jessop agreed to 
holding locks over a portion of their Northern Star shareholding acquired 
under the merger. These are detailed in the footnotes to this table.

holding lock upon the service vesting condition being satisfied on 1 July 
2021. Employee remains employed by the Company. 
43. 58,750 are subject to holding lock until 17 October 2021.
44. 7,839 are subject to holding lock until 30 June 2021; 29,398 are subject 
to holding lock until 30 June 2022 and 42,333 are subject to holding 
lock until 30 June 2023.

45. 5,880 are subject to holding lock until 30 June 2021; 22,049 are subject 
to holding lock until 30 June 2022 and 31,750 are subject to holding lock 
until 30 June 2023.

table 21  NED Share Rights held by the Non-Executive 
Directors on 1 July 2020 and on 30 June 2021 

Non-Executive Directors – NED Share Rights

Balance on  
1 July 2020

Balance on  
30 June 2021

John Fitzgerald

Peter O’Connor

Shirley In’t Veld

Mary Hackett

Nick Cernotta

John Richards46

Anthony Kiernan46

Sally Langer 46

TOTAL

4,623

4,623

4,623

4,623

4,623

-

-

-

8,335

2,309

3,712

3,712

3,712

-

-

-

23,115

21,780

46. The Non-Executive Directors that commenced on 12 February 2021 following the merger with Saracen did not receive a grant of FY21 NED Share Rights.

121

table 22  Unvested Performance Rights held by the Executive KMP on 1 July 
2020 and on 30 June 2021

Bill Beament

Stuart Tonkin

Raleigh Finlayson47

Luke Creagh

Simon Jessop47

Morgan Ball 47

Ryan Gurner

Hilary Macdonald

TOTAL

47.  Was not a KMP on 1 July 2020.

Balance on  
1 July 2020

Balance on  
30 June 2021

535,622

291,668

-

81,959

-

-

196,063

51,825

1,157,137

822,196

459,284

68,862

273,074

14,756

14,756

249,390

71,528

1,973,846

(75,000)

1,025,000

Executive KMP - Performance Rights

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

20. Contractual Arrangements with Executive KMP

The following contractual arrangements were in place with the Executive KMP for FY21.

table 23  Contractual arrangements

Element

Executive Chair  
(1 July 2020 to 1 July 2021)

Other Executive KMP

Element

Managing Director & CEO   
(From 22 July 2021)

Other Executive KMP

Contract Duration

No fixed term, subject to termination 
with or without cause

No fixed term, subject to  
termination with or without cause

Contract Duration

No fixed term, subject to termination 
with or without cause

No fixed term, subject to  
termination with or without cause

Notice Period for termination  
by the company

12 months

Notice period for termination  
by the employee

3 months

FAR

$1,400,000

6 months

3 months

$475,000 - $1,200,000 – refer to 
Table 11

FY21 STI Opportunity 

•  100% Performance Rights  

(if election is made)  

Or

•  50% Performance Rights/ 

50% cash

FY21 LTI Opportunity 
3 year annual grant

Element

122

120% of FAR 

90-120% of FAR 

300% of FAR

75%-200% of FAR 

Managing Director  
(12 February 2021 to 22 July 2021)

Other Executive KMP

Contract Duration

No fixed term, subject to termination 
with or without cause

No fixed term, subject to  
termination with or without cause

Notice Period for termination  
by the company

6 months

Notice period for termination  
by the employee

3 months

6 months

3 months

FAR

$1,400,000

$475,000 - $1,200,000 – refer to 
Table 11

FY21 STI Opportunity 

•  100% Performance Rights  

(if election is made) ; 

Or

•  50% Performance Rights/ 

50% cash

FY21 LTI Opportunity 
3 year annual grant

100% of FAR (cash)

90-120% of FAR 

200% of FAR

75%-200% of FAR 

Notice Period for termination  
by the company

6 months

Notice period for termination  
by the employee

3 months

6 months

3 months

FAR

$1,700,000

$625,000 - $875,000 – refer to 
Table 11

FY22 STI Opportunity 

•  100% performance rights (if 

election is made)   
Or

•  50% performance rights/50% 

cash

FY22 LTI Opportunity 
4 year annual grant 
- Performance Rights

3 year once off grant LTI-2-
Performance Rights

100% of FAR 

75-100% of FAR – refer to  
Section 14 

123

200% of FAR

100% of FAR - refer to Section 15

150% of FAR

75% of FAR - refer to Section 15

21. transactions with KMP and previous disclosure of “Related party”
transactions with Bill Beament

The Company has in place policies and procedures 
which govern transactions involving KMPs and 
their related parties, and these policies and 
procedures restrict the involvement of the KMP 
or related party in the negotiation, awarding or 
direct management of the resultant contract. In 
the Company’s 2017 Annual Report, specifically 
Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, 
the Company reported that the beneficial minority 
interest of 23% held by Mr Beament in AUD Pty 
Ltd, the sole shareholder of Australian Underground 
Drilling Pty Ltd (AUD), being a supplier of goods and 

services to the Company, did not require reporting 
under the Accounting Standards. For the purposes 
of the FY21 Annual Report, the Company is of the 
same view, having applied the necessary criteria 
under the Australian Accounting Standards for 
FY21. Mr Beament retired from the Company and 
Board on 1 July 2021. The addition of Pogo, 100% 
of the KCGM operations, Carosue Dam operations 
and Thunderbox operations further increased the 
diversity and improved the risk mitigation strategy. 
Refer to note 19(c) in the annual financial report for 
more information.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

22. Summary of Company’s FY20 Share Plan

Below is a summary of the FY20 Share Plan 
approved by shareholders at the November 2020 
AGM. The Company issues long term and short 
term incentives as Performance Rights under this 
Plan, using a face value allocation methodology. 

Incentivising the Company’s high-performing team 
is the essential link between senior management 
remuneration, the Company’s performance and 
delivery of long-term sustainable shareholder value.

1

Purpose

The main objectives of the Plan are to create a stronger link between performance 
and longer-term remuneration outcomes for those who participate in the Plan 
(Participants) and allow Participants to share in the future growth and profitability of 
the Company.

2

Eligible Directors

Broadly, any full or part-time employee (including an executive director) of the 
Company or a subsidiary (Group Employee) who has not given a notice of resignation 
or been given a notice of termination of employment is eligible. Non-Executive 
Directors are not eligible to participate.

3

Administration  
of the Plan

The Plan is administered by the Remuneration Committee under the directions of the 
Board. The Board may delegate its powers and discretions, determine procedures for 
the administration of the Plan, and resolve questions of interpretation and disputes in 
relation to the Plan.

4

Invitations

124

The Board may issue Invitations to Eligible Employees to be granted Awards under 
the Plan. The terms and conditions in the Invitation will prevail to the extent of any 
inconsistency with the FY20 Share Plan rules. For Group Employees, the measurable 
objectives, the weighting amongst them and the performance periods during which 
time they are required to be met, are set by the Board annually in relation to the 
Executive KMP, and by the CEO annually in relation to other senior management 
employees, for the short term incentives and long term incentives for each year in 
which Awards are granted under the Plan.

5

6

7

8

9

Awards

Awards consist of grants of Performance Rights or other conditional rights to be 
delivered a Share on the vesting of the Participant's Share Rights.

No Transfer

A Share Right may not be transferred without the prior written approval of the Board.

Vesting 
Conditions

Awards are subject to Vesting Conditions. Vesting Conditions are determined by the 
Board and described in the Invitation, and include performance conditions set by the 
Board.

The Board may waive, replace or amend a Vesting Condition, for example, if the 
Board determines that the original performance measure is no longer appropriate, 
practical or applicable.

Vesting of Awards Awards will vest if and when the Board determines that the Vesting Conditions are 

satisfied and the Participant is notified of this in writing.

Delivery of Shares

Following vesting of a Share Right, the Participant will be entitled to delivery of a 
Share upon exercising the Share Right. Awards that vest are normally exercisable 
up until the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of the Awards (although shorter 
periods will apply if the Participant ceases to be employed).

The Board will determine how the Shares are to be delivered, which may be by issue 
of new Shares to, purchase and transfer to, or procuring Shares to be held for the 
benefit of (i.e. through the Company’s Employee Share Trust), the relevant Participant, 
or a combination of such methods of delivery.

Alternatively, the Board may determine to settle in cash in lieu of delivering Shares. 
The cash payment would be based on the volume weighted average price of Shares 
in the 20 ASX trading days prior to the date of exercise.

10

Ranking of Shares Any Shares delivered to a Participant when an Award is exercised will rank equally 

with all other issued Shares.

11

Restricted Shares

Invitations may specify that Shares delivered on vesting cannot be disposed of for a 
specified period following delivery.

12

Termination  
of employment

The Invitation will specify the consequences of cessation of employment during a 
performance period, depending on the reasons, and subject to Board discretion. 
For example, where employment ends because of agreed mutual separation, the 
proportion of the unvested Share Rights which is the same as the proportion of the 
relevant performance period during which the Participant was employed, may or may 
not lapse according to Board discretion, and the balance of the Share Rights will lapse 
on cessation, unless the Board exercises discretion otherwise.

13 Malus and 
Clawback

The Board may reduce unvested Awards, and clawback previously vested Awards 
from a Participant or former Participant within two years from the date of delivery of 
Shares (or receipt of cash paid in lieu of delivering Shares). The Board may exercise 
this power having regard to matters it considers relevant acting in good faith in the 
interests of the Company, such as instances of:

•  material financial misstatements;

•  significant negligence;

•  significant legal, regulatory and/or policy non-compliance;

•  significant harmful act by the individual; or

•  the Board holding the opinion that the Participant received or would receive a 

grossly unjustifiable benefit because of factors outside the Participant’s control.

14 No participation

Share Rights do not entitle the holder to participate in a new issue of Shares or other 
securities, or the right to any dividends or distributions paid on Shares.

125

15

Control 
transactions

If a control event occurs:

a  the proportion of the unvested Share Rights of each Participant which is the same 
as the proportion of the relevant performance period that has expired before 
the date of the control event (determined by the Board) will vest immediately 
(regardless of the status of the Vesting Conditions, without limiting the Board’s 
ability to exercise downward discretion if circumstances warrant this); and

b  the balance of the Share Rights will vest or lapse on that date, as the Board 

determines in its discretion.

A "control event" includes: a takeover bid where the bidder has acquired a relevant 
interest in more than 50% of the Shares and either the Board has recommended the 
bid or the bid has become unconditional; court approval of a scheme of arrangement 
which will result in a person having a relevant interest in more than 50% of the Shares; 
or another event which the Board declares to be a control event.

16

Amendment

The Board may amend the Plan. However, the Participant's consent is required 
for amendments to the Plan that reduce the rights of the Participant in respect of 
an Award that has already been granted (other than for legal reasons, correcting 
manifest errors/mistakes or tax reasons).

17 Operation

The operation of the Plan is subject to the Company's Constitution, the Listing Rules, 
the Corporations Act and other applicable laws.

18

Board Discretion

The Board retains absolute discretion to vary Awards or the application of the rules of 
the Plan, and to exercise or refrain from exercising any power or discretion under the 
FY20 Share Plan rules.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

23. Summary of Company’s FY20 NED Share plan

The non-executive Diectors may elect to receive $50,000 worth of NED Share Rights, reducing their fees by 
$50,000, subject to shareholder approval. Further information is provided in section 18.

1

2

3

Purpose

The objective of the FY20 NED Share Plan is to provide the Non-Executive 
Directors (Participants) with some alignment with the interests of the 
Company’s shareholders. The Plan was approved by resolution of the 
shareholders on 14 November 2019.

Eligible Directors

Non-Executive Directors. 

Administration  
of the Plan

The FY20 NED Share Plan will be administered under the directions of 
the Board.  The Board may delegate its powers and discretions, determine 
procedures for the administration of the FY20 NED Share Plan, and resolve 
questions of interpretation and disputes in relation to the FY20 NED Share 
Plan.

4

Invitations

The Board may issue Invitations to Non-Executive Directors to be granted 
Awards under the FY20 NED Share Plan.  The terms and conditions in the 
Invitation will prevail to the extent of any inconsistency with the FY20 NED 
Share Plan rules. 

126

5

6

7

8

Awards

Awards will consist of grants of Share Rights or other conditional rights to be 
delivered a Share on the vesting of the Participant's Share Rights.

Share Rights not 
transferable

A Share Right may not be transferred without the prior written approval of the 
Board.

Vesting of Awards

Awards will vest on the last date of the financial year in which Awards are 
granted, and the Participant is notified of this in writing. 

Delivery of Shares

Following vesting of a Share Right, the Participant will be entitled to delivery 
of a Share upon exercising the Share Plan Right.  Awards that vest are normally 
exercisable up until the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of the Awards 
(although shorter periods will apply if the Participant ceases to be a Director 
for any reason).

The Board will determine how the Shares are to be delivered, which may be 
by issue of new Shares to, purchase and transfer to, or procuring Shares to be 
held for the benefit of (i.e. through the Company’s Employee Share Trust), the 
relevant Participant, or a combination of such methods of delivery.

Alternatively, the Board may determine to settle in cash in lieu of delivering 
Shares.  The cash payment would be based on the volume weighted average 
price of Shares in the 20 ASX trading days prior to the date of exercise.

9

Ranking of Shares

Invitations may specify that Shares delivered on vesting cannot be disposed of 
for a specified period following delivery.

10

Restricted Shares

Any Shares delivered to a Participant when an Award is exercised will rank 
equally with all other issued Shares.

11

Non-Executive 
Director loss  
of office

Pro rata reduction of Awards will apply based on the number of days in the 
relevant financial year during which the Non-Executive Director held office, 
regardless of the reason for leaving office (such as retirement, not being re-
elected, being removed, death, incapacity, or total and permanent disability).

12

Malus and Clawback

The Board may reduce unvested Awards, and clawback previously vested 
Awards from a Participant or former Participant within two years from the date 
of delivery of Shares (or receipt of cash paid in lieu of delivering Shares).  The 
Board may exercise this power having regard to matters it considers relevant 
acting in good faith in the interests of the Company.  The Board intends for this 
power to be exercised in instances of: 

•  material financial misstatements by the Company;

•  significant negligence by the Company;

•  significant legal, regulatory and/or policy non-compliance by the 

Company; 

•  significant harmful act by the individual; or

•  the Board holding the opinion that the Participant received or would 
receive a grossly unjustifiable benefit because of factors outside the 
Participant’s control.

13

14

No participation 
rights

Share Rights do not entitle the holder to participate in a new issue of Shares or 
other securities, or the right to any dividends or distributions paid on Shares. 

Control transactions

If a control event occurs:

127

a  the proportion of the unvested Share Rights of each Participant which is 
the same as the proportion of the relevant financial year that has expired 
before the date of the control event (determined by the Board) will vest 
immediately (without limiting the Board’s ability to exercise downward 
discretion if circumstances warrant this); and 

b  the balance of the Share Rights will vest or lapse on that date, as the Board 

determines in its discretion.  

A "control event" includes: a takeover bid where the bidder has acquired a 
relevant interest in more than 50% of the Shares and either the Board has 
recommended the bid or the bid has become unconditional; court approval 
of a scheme of arrangement which will result in a person having a relevant 
interest in more than 50% of the Shares; or another event which the Board 
declares to be a control event.

The Board may amend the FY20 NED Share Plan.  However, the Participant's 
consent is required for amendments to the FY20 NED Share Plan that reduce 
the rights of the Participant in respect of an Award that has already been 
granted (other than for legal reasons, correcting manifest errors/mistakes or 
tax reasons).

15

Amendment

16

Operation

The operation of the FY20 NED Share Plan is subject to the Company's 
Constitution, the Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and other applicable 
laws.

17

Board Discretion

The Board retains absolute discretion to vary Awards or the application of the 
rules of the FY20 NED Share Plan, and to exercise or refrain from exercising 
any power or discretion under the FY20 NED Share Plan rules.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021REMuNERAtION REPORt  

REMuNERAtION REPORt    

24. Auditor's Independence Declaration

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Directors 
Northern Star Resources Limited 
Level 1, 388 Hay Street 
Subiaco WA 6008 

24 August 2021 

Dear Directors 

AAuuddiittoorr’’ss  IInnddeeppeennddeennccee  DDeeccllaarraattiioonn  ttoo  NNoorrtthheerrnn  SSttaarr  RReessoouurrcceess  LLiimmiitteedd  

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following declaration 
of independence to the directors of Northern Star Resources Limited and its controlled entities. 

128

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Northern Star Resources limited for the year ended 
30 June 2021, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of: 

•  The auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 

•  Any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

Yours faithfully 

DDEELLOOIITTTTEE  TTOOUUCCHHEE  TTOOHHMMAATTSSUU 

DD  KK  AAnnddrreewwss  
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation. 

Peter Ganza, General 
Manager - Thunderbox, 
Yandal operations

129

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
Report

FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

In this Financial Report

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2021

1.  Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

2.  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

3.  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

4.  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  

5.  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

133

134

135

137

138

132

Notes

3
5(a)

5(b)

5(c)
5(d)
12

6

Revenue
Cost of sales

Other income and expense
Space
Corporate, technical services and projects
Acquisition and integration costs
Impairment of assets
Finance costs
Gain on remeasurement of existing interest in KCGM
Profit before income tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income (OCI)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures
accounted for using the equity method
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Gains on cash flow hedges
Items that may not be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through OCI
Income tax relating to these items
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

30 June
2021
$M

2,760.5
(2,183.7)
576.8

(7.8)

(98.6)
(231.8)
(545.6)
(28.4)
1,919.3
1,583.9

(551.4)
1,032.5

-
(33.4)
0.4

26.1
1.9
(5.0)

30 June
2020
$M

1,971.7
(1,447.6)
524.1

(3.0)

(81.3)
(45.0)
(28.3)
(21.9)
-
344.6

(86.3)
258.3

0.2
7.5
-

(10.3)
2.1
(0.5)

133

Total comprehensive income for the year

1,027.5

257.8

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

Owners of the Company

1,027.5

257.8

Cents

Cents

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
Company:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

22(a)
22(b)

114.7
114.3

37.3
37.2

The above Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction 
with the accompanying notes.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 June 2021

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Notes

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Current tax asset
Assets classified as held for sale
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Derivative financial instruments
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use asset
Exploration and evaluation assets
Mine properties
Intangible assets
Assets classified as held for sale
Total non-current assets

Total assets

134

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale 
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Share capital
Reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

7(b)
7(a)
8(f)
8(e)
14

7(a)
8(f)

8(a)
8(b)
8(c)
8(d)

8(c)

7(d)
7(c)
8(e)
8(g)
14

7(c)
8(g)
8(e)

9(a)

771.9
122.0
583.9
155.9
204.3
1,838.0

0.9
404.3
0.5
23.2
-
1,544.9
138.5
609.3
6,684.1
5.6
-
9,411.3

677.3
144.5
289.7
-
-
1,111.5

4.3
314.8
0.9
13.3
8.0
789.4
44.9
479.0
1,018.5
9.5
17.4
2,700.0

11,249.3

3,811.5

296.5
86.5
-
323.3
65.3
771.6

801.6
772.3
925.3
2,499.2

155.6
361.3
12.0
109.3
-
638.2

449.8
448.1
131.6
1,029.5

3,270.8

1,667.7

7,978.5

2,143.8

6,435.1
14.9
1,528.5

1,323.9
13.4
806.4

7,978.5

2,143.8

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Financial
assets at fair
value through
OCI
$M

Share
based
payments
reserve
$M

Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$M

Retained
earnings
$M

Total
equity
$M

Notes

Share capital
$M

Balance at 1 July 2019

473.7

(6.6)

38.5

10.2

596.9

1,112.6

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the
year

Transactions with owners in their
capacity as owners:
Contributions of equity, net of
transaction costs and tax
Dividends provided for or paid
Employee share and option plans -
value of employee services
Exercise of employee share awards
Share plan loan repayment
Tax

Balance at 30 June 2020

9(a)
11(b)

-
-

-

808.1
-

1.2
12.3
-
28.6
850.2
1,323.9

-
(8.2)

(8.2)

-
-

-
-
-
-
-
(14.8)

-
-

-

-
-

6.6
(12.3)
0.1
(22.5)
(28.1)
10.4

-
7.7

7.7

258.3
-

258.3
(0.5)

258.3

257.8

-
-

-
-
-
-
-
17.8

-
(48.7)

-
-
-
-
(48.7)
806.5

808.1
(48.7)

7.9
-
0.1
6.1
773.5
2,143.8

Financial
assets at fair
value through
OCI
$M

Share
based
payments
reserve
$M

Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$M

Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$M

Notes

Share capital
$M

Retained
earnings
$M

Total
equity
$M

135

Balance at 1 July 2020

1,323.9

(14.8)

10.4

17.8

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive
income
Total comprehensive
income for the year

-

-

-

-

28.0

28.0

-

-

-

-

(33.4)

(33.4)

-

-

806.5

2,143.8

1,032.5

1,032.5

0.4

-

(5.0)

0.4

1,032.5

1,027.5

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Financial
assets at fair
value through
OCI
$M

Share
based
payments
reserve
$M

Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$M

Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$M

Retained
earnings
$M

Total
equity
$M

Notes

Share capital
$M

Transactions with
owners in their
capacity as owners:
Issue of ordinary shares
as consideration for a
business combination,
net of transaction costs
and tax
Dividends provided for
or paid
Employee share and
option plans - value of
employee services
Exercise of employee
share awards
Share plan loan
repayment
Tax

Balance at 30 June 
2021

12

5,104.6

11(b)

-

2.4

3.9

-
0.3
5,111.2

6,435.1

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

10.6

(3.9)

0.3
(0.5)
6.5

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

5,104.6

(310.5)

(310.5)

-

-

13.0

-

-
-
(310.5)

0.3
(0.2)
4,807.2

13.2

16.9

(15.6)

0.4

1,528.5

7,978.5

Nature and purpose of reserves:

136

Financial assets at FVOCI
The Group has elected to recognise changes in the fair value of certain investments in equity securities in OCI. These 
changes are accumulated within the FVOCI reserve within equity as described at note Investments and other 
financial assets The Group transfers amounts from this reserve to retained earnings when the relevant equity 
securities are derecognised.

Share based payments
The share based payments reserve relates to shares, performance shares, performance rights and share options 
granted by the Company to its employees. Further information about share based payments to employees is set out 
in note 20.

The increase in share based payment reserve and expense for services rendered by employees during the period is 
determined with reference to the grant date fair value of the applicable award. The tax benefit, where available, in 
respect of those awards is made with reference to the share price at the time the underlying shares are acquired or 
issued by the Group to satisfy those awards. Where the tax benefit available is in excess of the tax effect on the 
cumulative charge to profit and loss, the remaining credit is determined to relate to the equity issue and is included 
within the share based payment reserve. Amounts recorded in the share based payment reserve are reclassified to 
contributed equity on vesting of the performance rights. During FY21 $0.3 million (FY20: $28.6 million) was transferred 
from the share based payment reserve to contributed equity in relation to tax benefits on respective awards.

Foreign currency translation
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entities are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss 
when the net investment is disposed of.

Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve is used to recognise the effective portion of gains or losses on derivatives that are 
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)
Payment for merger and acquisition related costs
Interest received
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Payments for exploration and evaluation
Payments for mine properties
Payments for investments
Payments for acquisition of business and associated assets, net of cash 
acquired
Payments for asset acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income
Lease receipt
Other
Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from/(payments for) issues of shares and other equity securities 
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayments of equipment financing and leases
Repayment of borrowings
Dividends paid to Company's shareholders
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial period 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Assets included in a disposal group classified as held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Notes

2,726.0
(1,421.6)
(72.6)
2.7
(16.8)
(140.9)
1,076.8

(196.3)
(145.5)
(351.3)
(0.9)

402.5
(11.9)
4.3

31.3
4.2
6.5
(257.1)

(2.2)
658.0
(80.9)
(983.0)
(310.5)
(718.6)

101.1
677.3
(3.3)
(3.2)
771.9

1,939.7
(1,176.1)
(6.7)
4.3
(9.4)
(41.3)
710.5

(96.7)
(76.4)
(189.6)
(2.6)

(1,137.9)
(177.7)
4.9

-
5.7
-
(1,670.3)

803.1
693.6
(63.2)
-
(48.7)
1,384.8

425.0
266.1
(13.8)
-
677.3

7(b)

12

11(b)

7(b)

137

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Contents of the notes to the consolidated financial statements

1 Critical estimates and judgements

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Critical estimates and judgements

Segment information

How numbers are calculated

Revenue

Significant changes in the current reporting period

Expenses

Income tax expense

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Equity

Risk

10

11

Financial risk management

Capital management

Group structure

12

13

14

15

Business combination

Asset acquisition

Assets classified as held for sale

Interests in other entities

Further Details

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

Contingent liabilities

Commitments

Events occurring after the reporting period

Related party transactions

Share-based payments

Remuneration of auditors

Earnings per share

Deed of cross guarantee

Parent entity financial information

Summary of significant accounting policies

138

Page

139

139

143

143

144

144

147

148

153

164

165

165

169

170

170

176

176

177

179

179

179

179

179

180

183

184

185

186

188

(a) Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

(i) Determination of mineral resources and ore reserves

The Group reports its Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves in accordance with the Joint Ore Reserves Committee
(JORC) Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves - the JORC 
Code. The information on Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves is prepared by Competent Persons as defined by the 
JORC Code.

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves. Assumptions that are 
valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available.

Changes in the forecast prices of commodities, exchange rates, production costs or recovery rates may change the 
economic status of reserves and may, ultimately, result in the reserves being restated. Such changes may impact 
asset carrying values, depreciation and amortisation rates, deferred development costs and provisions for 
restoration.

Other critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions are discussed in the following notes:

Unit of production method of depreciation/amortisation 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
Business combination
Mine rehabilitation provision
Impairment of assets
Life of component ratio for stripping asset
Gold price forecast relating to hedgebook liability

note 8(d)
note 8(c)
note 12
note 8(g)
note 25(e)
note 8(d)
note 12(a)

2 Segment information

The Group's Executive Committee consisting of the Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Operating Officers and Chief Geological Officer examine the Group's performance and have
identified seven reportable segments relating to the operations of the business:

(a) Description of segments and principal activities

The Group's reportable operating segments are:

1. Pogo, Alaska USA - Mining and processing of gold

2. Kalgoorlie Operations, WA Australia - Mining and processing of gold

3. KCGM, WA Australia - Mining and processing of gold

4. Jundee, WA Australia - Mining and processing of gold

5. Thunderbox, WA Australia - Mining and processing of gold

6. Carosue Dam, WA Australia - Mining and processing of gold

7. Exploration - Exploration and evaluation of gold mineralisation

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn
revenues or incur expenses. On 12 February 2021, the Company implemented the Scheme of Arrangement
(Scheme) in relation to the merger of the Company and Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited (Saracen). Refer to note
12 for further details. Following the completion of the transaction, and review by the Executive Committee, the
Group now has seven operating segments (Kalgoorlie Operations, Jundee, Pogo, KCGM, Thunderbox, Carosue Dam
and Exploration). As in the prior year, Kanowna Belle, East Kundana JV, Millennium and South Kalgoorlie is
considered as one and has been presented as one reporting segment (Kalgoorlie Operations). The Exploration
segment for the year ended 30 June 2021 includes Paulsens, Tanami and the Bronzewing project and, where related
exploration assets are transferred to mine properties from the exploration segment in the future, these will be
incorporated into the relevant operating segment.

Exploration comprises all projects in the exploration and evaluation phase of the Group. These include the Group's
regional prospects as well as ongoing exploration programmes at the Group’s respective sites.

An analysis of segment revenues is presented in note 3.

139

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Segment Information

Segment Information

(b) Segment results

The segment information for the year ended 30 June 2021 is as follows:

  Kalgoorlie
   Operations
$M

KCGM
$M

Carosue
Dam
$M

Pogo
$M

Jundee
$M
$M

Thunderbox
$M

     Exploration    

$M

Total
$M

(c)  Segment EBITDA (continued)
Interest income, finance charges, interest expense and acquisition costs are not allocated to the operating 
segments as this type of activity is driven by the corporate treasury function which manages the cash position of the 
Group.

Segment EBITDA reconciles to profit before income tax for the year ended 30 June 2021 as follows:

2021

Segment net operating
profit (loss) before income
tax
Depreciation and
amortisation
Impairment
Finance costs
Fair value loss on
revaluation of financial
assets
Segment EBITDA

(393.7)

102.2

(19.6)

102.8

284.4

(8.2)

(142.3)

(74.4)

220.4
436.6
2.7

129.4
-
1.6

105.4
-
0.4

95.4
-
1.4

93.5
0.2
1.4

-
266.0

-
233.2

-
86.2

-
199.6

-
379.5

7.7
-
0.5

-
-

4.9
108.8
0.3

656.7
545.6
8.3

17.4
(10.9)

17.4
1,153.6

Total segment assets

5,397.0

216.2

1,454.7

592.0

278.5

1,365.0

762.1

10,065.5

Total segment liabilities

(523.6)

(150.5)

(151.5)

(179.9)

(139.2)

(148.6)

(63.5)

(1,356.8)

(9,862.3)
(1,389.4)
Pogo's revenue is generated from production activities located in the United States of America (USA). Its non-current
assets are also held in the USA. Total non-current assets for Pogo as at 30 June 2021 was $567.2 million (2020: $521.0
million). All other segments are Australian.

(5,139.4)

(1,216.4)

(687.7)

(298.9)

(518.8)

(611.7)

140

The Kalgoorlie Operations segment includes East Kundana JV and Millennium operations which are included in a
disposal group classified as non-current assets held for sale as at 30 June 2021. Total net assets classified as held for
sale in relation to these operations was $139.0 million. Refer to note 14 for further details.

The segment information for the year ended 30 June 2020 is as follows:

2020

KCGM
(50%)
$M

Kalgoorlie
Operations
$M

Pogo
$M

Jundee Exploration
$M

$M

Total
$M

Segment net operating profit (loss) before
income tax
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment
Finance costs
Segment EBITDA

36.8
29.9
-
1.2
67.9

157.4
132.4
-
2.6
292.4

10.9
73.5
-
2.7
87.1

297.5
112.0
-
2.2
411.7

(40.2)
3.3
28.3
0.5
(8.1)

462.4
351.1
28.3
9.2
850.9

Total segment assets

1,363.3

346.8

574.2

222.8

497.9

3,005.0

Total segment liabilities

(227.6)

(188.9)

(166.2)

(132.2)

(46.5)

(761.4)

(1,203.6)

(450.3)

(495.1)

(502.3)

(443.3)

(3,094.6)

(c) Segment EBITDA

Segment EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure, being earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and is
calculated as follows: profit before income tax plus depreciation, amortisation, impairment and finance costs, less
interest income.

Segment EBITDA
Other income and expense
Finance costs
Depreciation
Amortisation
Unwind of hedgebook contract liability
Corporate and technical services
Acquisition costs
Share based payments
Impairment of assets
Gain on revaluation of existing interest in KCGM
Profit before income tax

(d) Segment assets

30 June
2021
$M

1,153.6
(7.8)
(28.4)
(209.8)
(450.3)
59.9
(62.2)
(231.8)
(13.0)
(545.6)
1,919.3
1,583.9

30 June
2020
$M

850.9
(3.0)
(21.9)
(130.6)
(224.2)
-
(90.3)
-
(8.0)
(28.3)
-
344.6

Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on
the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset.

Reportable segments' assets are reconciled to total assets as follows:

Segment assets
Unallocated:

Financial assets at fair value through OCI
Asset classified as held for sale
Available-for-sale financial assets
Investment in equity accounted associates
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other receivables
Current tax asset
Property, plant and equipment

Total assets as per the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

141

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

10,065.5

3,005.0

-
204.3
23.2
-
718.3
0.5
73.0
155.9
8.6
11,249.3

13.4
17.4
-
8.0
643.1
0.8
114.3
-
9.5
3,811.5

Investments in equity securities (classified as financial assets at fair value through OCI) and in associates held by the
Group are not considered to be segment assets as they are managed by the corporate treasury function.

(e) Segment liabilities

Reportable segments' liabilities are reconciled to total liabilities as follows:

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(e) Segment liabilities (continued)

Segment Information

How numbers are calculated

Segment liabilities
Unallocated:

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Provisions - other
Deferred tax (net)
Derivative financial instruments
Liabilities attributable to assets held for sale

Total liabilities as per the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

(1,356.8)

(761.4)

(15.4)
(659.2)
(11.2)
-
(232.5)
(925.3)
(5.1)
(65.3)
(3,270.8)

(4.0)
(699.1)
(59.6)
(12.0)
-
(131.6)
-
-
(1,667.7)

142

This section provides additional information about those individual line items in the financial statements that the 
Directors consider most relevant in the context of the operations of the entity, including:

(a) accounting policies that are relevant for an understanding of the items recognised in the financial statements.

These cover situations where the accounting standards either allow a choice or do not deal with a particular
type of transaction

(b) analysis and subtotals, including segment information
(c)

information about estimates and judgements made in relation to particular items.

3  Revenue

Accounting Policy
(i) Sale of goods
The Group primarily generates revenue from the sale of gold and silver bullion. The Group delivers dore bars to
refiners, who convert the product into investment grade bullion for a fee, which is subsequently sold either to the
refinery or third parties (financial institutions).

Revenue from the sale of these goods is recognised when control over the inventory has transferred to the customer.

Control is generally considered to have passed when:

• physical possession and inventory risk is transferred (including via a third-party transport provider arranged by the
refinery):
• payment terms for the sale of goods can be clearly identified through the sale of metal credits received or
receivable for the transfer of control of the asset;
• the Group can determine with sufficient accuracy the metal content of the goods delivered; and
• the refiner has no practical ability to reject the product where it is within contractually specified limits.

Where the economic inflows arise from other by-products, for example from the presence of other valuable metals,
these amounts are credited to the costs of producing the primary products to the extent the amounts generated
are not considered significant.

143

(ii) Sale of services
Tolling revenue is recognised as the tolling services are performed. The number of units processed is considered to
be the most direct measurement of value delivered to the customer under the contractual arrangements and
therefore tolling revenue is earned per tonne of ore processed.

The Group derives the following types of revenue:

Sale of gold
Sale of silver
Toll treatment
Total revenue

30 June
2021
$M

2,749.3
8.2
3.0
2,760.5

30 June
2020
$M

1,957.6
3.2
10.9
1,971.7

Sale of gold includes an amount of $59.9 million in relation to hedge book liability unwind, which has not been
allocated to segments.

(a) Segment revenue

The total of revenue, broken down by operating segment, is shown in the following table. All revenue is from external
customers. No revenues are generated by the Exploration operating segment.

KCGM*
$M
731.0
235.8

Pogo
$M
474.7
388.2

2021
2020

Kalgoorlie
Operations
$M
590.2
704.2

Jundee
$M
660.1
643.5

Carosue Dam Thunderbox

$M
202.5
-

$M
42.2
-

Total
$M
2,700.7
1,971.7

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(a)  Segment revenue (continued)

(b) Corporate, technical services and projects

Revenue

* KCGM 50 percent interest from 3 Jan 2020 to 12 Feb 2021 at which point the Group obtained 100 percent control
as part of the merger with Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited. Refer to note 12 for further details.

4 Significant changes in the current reporting period

The financial position and performance of the Group was particularly affected by the following events and 
transactions during the reporting period:

•

Implementation of the scheme of arrangement (Scheme) in relation to the merger of Northern Star and
Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited (Saracen). For details of the acquisition refer to note 12 of the financial
statements.

For a detailed discussion about the Group’s performance and financial position please refer to our operating and 
financial review on pages 16 to 31.

5 Expenses

(a) Cost of sales

Mining
Processing
Site services
Employee benefit expenses
Depreciation
Amortisation
Government and other royalty expense
Change in inventories

144

30 June
2021
$M

480.8
392.0
75.2
405.5
202.8
449.0
62.5
115.9
2,183.7

30 June
2020
$M

395.9
276.8
50.7
305.9
124.9
222.9
41.9
28.6
1,447.6

Depreciation/amortisation method
Items of property, plant and equipment and mine properties are depreciated/amortised over their useful lives. The
Group uses the unit-of-production basis when depreciating/amortising mine specific assets which results in a
depreciation/amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining life of mine which is
referenced to the estimated economic reserve and resources of the property to which the assets relate. Each item’s
economic life, which is assessed annually has due regard to both its physical life limitations and to present
assessments of economically recoverable reserves and resources of the mine property at which it is located.

Depreciation of non-mine specific property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to
allocate their cost or revalued amounts, net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives or, in the case of
leasehold improvements and certain leased plant and equipment, the shorter lease term as follows:

Land and buildings
Plant and equipment

•
•
• Motor Vehicles
• Office equipment

5 - 20 years
2 - 20 years
4 - 10 years
2 - 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date.

Royalties
Royalties under existing royalty regimes in Australia are payable on lodgement with the refining counterparty and 
are recognised as the sale occurs. Production Royalties in Alaska are based on taxable profit and are consequently 
treated as an income tax.

Expenses

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

35.6
6.9
35.8
13.0
1.3
6.0
98.6

32.8
5.8
25.6
7.9
1.3
7.9
81.3

Administration and technical services
Depreciation
Employee benefit expenses
Share based payments
Amortisation
Exploration projects

Accounting policy
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees via Option, Share and Performance Rights Plans as
discussed in note 20.

The fair value of shares and options granted under these Plans are recognised as a share based payments expense
with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair
value of the shares or options granted, which includes any market performance conditions and the impact of any
non-vesting conditions, but excludes the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of shares and options that are
expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the
specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the entity revises its estimates of the
number of shares and options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises
the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

(c) Impairment of assets

Exploration and evaluation assets (note 8(c))
Inventory
Property, plant and equipment

145

30 June
2021
$M

101.3
436.6
7.7
545.6

30 June
2020
$M

28.3
-
-
28.3

Inventory writedown - KCGM mineralised waste
As part of the accounting for the Merger with Saracen Minerals Holding Limited during the year, the Group obtained
control of KCGM. As outlined in note 12, this required the Group to identify and measure the assets acquired at fair
value, including the remeasurement of the Group’s existing 50 percent interest in the KCGM Joint Operations. The
stockpile reserves of KCGM at acquisition included 105 million tonnes of mineralised waste grading 0.68gpt
containing an estimated 2.3 million ounces of gold. These proved reserves were considered to have fair value to a
willing buyer and have the potential to produce economic benefits through the potential to be processed and
recover saleable gold. The initial fair value at acquisition date was determined with reference to an estimate of the
stockpiles’ highest and best use and the most advantageous market from the perspective of market participants at
the time of the acquisition (given the absence of a principal market for low grading stockpile reserves). The initial fair
value ascribed to these stockpiles was $436 million.

Subsequent to acquisition, the Group measures inventory at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net
realisable value is an entity specific value, whereas fair value is not entity specific, and these amounts may not
equal.

The Group’s post-merger strategy includes substantial investment in and development of the KCGM assets that
improve expectations that new higher-grade material will be added to mine plans in future periods, alternate ore
sources will become available over time and alternate regional processing strategies may be pursued that increase
uncertainty surrounding whether and/or when mineralised waste may be processed. Accordingly, the Group has
considered it appropriate to write this inventory down to nil at 30 June 2021.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(c) Impairment of assets (continued)

(a) Income tax expense (continued)

Expenses

This assessment involves judgement, including, but not limited to: expectations surrounding whether and/or when 
these stockpiles will be processed; the gold price environment in the future, which in turn may impact the 
economics of processing low grade material; the identification of new resources and conversion of resources to 
reserves and the development of KCGMs and other regional mine plans over time; changes in regional processing 
strategies over time, including any changes in available processing capacity. Future changes in circumstances 
surrounding whether and/or when this mineralised waste will be processed would need to be considered for reversal 
of impairment at any such time.

(d) Finance costs

Interest expense
Provisions: unwinding of discount (note 8(g))
Finance charges

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

19.8
4.2
4.4
28.4

13.1
4.7
4.1
21.9

Provision - unwinding of discount
The Group records the present value of the estimated cost of legal and constructive obligations to rehabilitate
operating locations and decommission assets in the period in which the obligation is incurred. The unwinding of the
effect of discounting the provision is recorded as a finance charge in profit or loss.

6 

Income tax expense

146

The income tax expense for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
applicable income tax rate adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary 
differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
end of the reporting period in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of 
amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income 
tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business 
combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity, respectively.

This note provides an analysis of the Group’s income tax expense, showing what amounts are recognised directly in 
equity and how the tax expense is affected by non-assessable and non-deductible items. It explains significant 
estimates made in relation to the Group's tax position.

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Other
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
Total current tax

Deferred income tax
Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets (note 8(e))
Increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 8(e))
Total deferred tax expense/(benefit)

Income tax expense

(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit from continuing operations before income tax expense
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30.0% (2020 - 30.0%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable)
in calculating taxable income:

Sale of investments
Franking credit gross up
Stamp duty and transaction costs on Saracen merger
Recognition of deferred tax assets on acquired tax losses
Adjustment for current tax of prior periods
Non-deductible amounts
Derecognition of deferred tax assets on investments accounted for using the
equity method
Subtotal

Difference in overseas tax rates
Income tax expense

Income tax expense

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

6.1
2.0
3.2
11.3

(87.5)
627.6
540.1

551.4

30 June
2021
$M

1,583.9
475.2

2.2
(0.1)
69.5
-
3.2
2.3

-
552.3

(0.9)
551.4

58.8
-
0.5
59.3

(1.0)
28.0
27.0

86.3

30 June
2020
$M

344.6
103.4

-
-
-
(21.5)
0.5
3.7

1.4
87.5

(1.2)
86.3

147

The tax rate for Australian Operations remains at 30%. The blended tax rate for Alaskan operations is 35.4%. The 
Alaskan operations are subject to the following taxes: Federal (21%) and State Income Taxes (9.4%), Alaska Mining 
Licence Tax (7%) and Alaska Production Royalty Tax (3%). The blended rate for Alaskan operations is not the sum of 
the aforementioned rates due to the inter-relationship of deductibility of these taxes in determining taxable income 
upon which the tax rates are levied.

(2,135.3)

(430.9)

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(c) Amounts recognised directly in equity

Income tax expense

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting year
and not recognised in net profit or loss or other comprehensive
income but directly debited or credited to equity:

Deferred tax: Assets available for sale
Deferred tax: financial assets at fair value through OCI
Deferred tax: cost of share issue
Deferred tax: share based payments

8(e)
8(e)

8(e)

-
0.1
1.4
1.0
2.5

(2.1)
-
(5.0)
(5.9)
(13.0)

7

Financial assets and financial liabilities

This note provides information about the Group's financial instruments, including:

•

•

•

•

an overview of all financial instruments held by the Group

specific information about each type of financial instrument

accounting policies

information about determining the fair value of the instruments, including judgements and estimation
uncertainty involved.

The Group holds the following financial instruments:

148

Assets at FVOCI
$M

Assets at FVPL
$M

Notes

Financial assets
at amortised
cost
$M

Financial assets
2021
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables*
Derivative financial instruments
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

2020
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables*
Derivative financial instruments
Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

7(b)
7(a)

7(b)
7(a)

* Excluding prepayments and goods and services tax recoverable.

-
-
-

23.2
23.2

-
-
-

13.3
13.3

-
-
0.5

-
0.5

-
-
0.8

-
0.8

771.9
42.1
-

-
814.0

677.3
89.3
-

-
766.6

Liabilities at
amortised cost
$M

Notes

Total
$M

771.9
42.1
0.5

23.2
837.7

677.3
89.3
0.8

13.3
780.7

Total
$M

2020
Trade and other payables**
Borrowings

** Excluding payroll tax and other statutory liabilities.

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Liabilities at
amortised cost
$M

7(d)
7(c)

150.1
811.1
961.2

Total
$M

150.1
811.1
961.2

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in note 10. The maximum
exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial assets
mentioned above.

(a) Trade and other receivables

Accounting policy
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

Trade receivables
Sundry debtors
Goods and services tax recoverable
Prepayments*
Net finance lease receivables

30 June
2021

Non-
current
$M

30 June
2020

Non-
current
$M

Total
$M

Current
$M

-
-
-
0.9
-
0.9

25.3
16.8
25.3
55.5
-
122.9

72.5
9.2
9.1
49.2
4.5
144.5

-
-
-
1.2
3.1
4.3

Current
$M

25.3
16.8
25.3
54.6
-
122.0

Total
$M

72.5
9.2
9.1
50.4
7.6
148.8

149

*Included within the current prepayments balance is a US$22.5 million payment made to Newmont as part of the 50
percent acquisition of KCGM. Refer to note 12 for further details of the acquisition. The payment was for a
conditionally refundable option to acquire the Newmont power business which supplies power to KCGM. As a result
of further discussions with Newmont, the Company allowed the option to lapse during the June 2020 quarter,
however the amount remains conditionally refundable. This amount is still expected to be recovered within the next
12 months through conditions being met.

(i) Classification as trade and other receivables

If collection of the amounts is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. If not, they are
presented as non-current assets. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30 days and therefore are
all classified as current.

(ii)

Fair value of trade and other receivables

As the majority of receivables are short term in nature, their carrying amount is assumed to be the same as their fair
value.

(b) Cash and cash equivalents

Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term,
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts
of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

30 June
2021
$M

771.9
-
771.9

30 June
2020
$M

675.5
1.8
677.3

Financial liabilities
2021
Trade and other payables**
Borrowings

7(d)
7(c)

289.0
888.1
1,177.1

289.0
888.1
1,177.1

Cash at bank and in hand
Restricted cash

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities

(b) Cash and cash equivalents (continued)

(i) Reconciliation to the statement of cash flows

Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flow from operating activities:

Profit for the year
Adjustment for

Depreciation and amortisation
Fair value adjustment to financial assets
Non-cash employee benefits expense - share-based payments
Rehabilitation provision - unwinding of discount
Net (gain)/ loss on sale of non-current assets
Upfront debt transaction costs written off
Impairment of assets during the period
Unwind of hedgebook contract liability
Share of losses of associates and joint ventures
Amortisation of upfront debt transaction costs
Gain on remeasurement of existing interest in KCGM

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in trade and other receivables
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Increase in interest expense accrual
Increase/(decrease) in income taxes payable
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities
Increase in provisions

Net cash inflow from operating activities

150

(c) Borrowings

30 June
2021
$M

1,032.5

660.0
16.0
13.0
4.2
2.9
-
545.6
(59.9)
1.5
5.2
(1,919.3)

37.4
126.8
201.9
-
(95.4)
544.7
(40.3)
1,076.8

30 June
2020
$M

258.3

354.8
-
7.9
4.7
4.2
1.3
28.3
0.5
3.6
1.2
-

(24.1)
23.1
(40.2)
2.5
-
45.1
39.3
710.5

Accounting policy
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently
measured at amortised cost.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the
liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date or there is an expectation the Group will repay amounts within
the following 12 months. As at 30 June 2021, the entirety of the $658 million (net of capitalised borrowing costs)
drawn on the revolving credit facility is classified within non-current bank loans as it is not expected that this amount
will be repaid within 12 months ($500 million contractually repayable in June 2024 and the remainder in June 2025).

As at the end of the prior year, the Group had classified $200 million of the fully drawn $300 million revolving credit
facility within current bank loans as it was expected that this amount would be repaid within the following 12 months
(contractually repayable on 31 December 2022). It was subsequently repaid on 6 July 2020. The remaining $100
million drawn on the revolving credit facility was repaid on 30 November 2020 and a $25 million term debt
repayment was made in December 2020.

30 June
2021

Non-
current
$M

30 June
2020

Non-
current
$M

Total
$M

Current
$M

658.0
91.8
51.8
801.6

658.3
141.9
87.9
888.1

302.5
21.0
37.8
361.3

394.8
28.6
26.4
449.8

Current
$M

0.3
50.1
36.1
86.5

Total
$M

697.3
49.6
64.2
811.1

Bank loans
Lease liabilities
Secured asset financing
Total secured borrowings

(c) Borrowings (continued)

Liabilities from financing activities reconciliation

Borrowings
Lease Liability

Opening liabilities from financing activities
Cash flows
New leases
Liabilities from financing activities at 30 June 2020

Opening liabilities from financing activities
Cash flows
New leases
Non-current assets/liabilities held for sale
Liabilities from financing activities at 30 June 2021

(i)

Secured liabilities and assets pledged as security

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

(658.3)
(229.8)
(888.1)

Leases
$M

(48.4)
63.2
(128.6)
(113.8)

(113.8)
(80.9)
(53.1)
18.0
(229.8)

(697.3)
(113.8)
(811.1)

Total
$M

(48.4)
(634.1)
(128.6)
(811.1)

(811.1)
(41.9)
(53.1)
18.0
(888.1)

Borrowings
$M

-
(697.3)
-
(697.3)

(697.3)
39.0
-
-
(658.3)

Secured asset financing amounts are interest-bearing borrowings secured over Group owned plant and equipment.
These liabilities are secured by assets classified as property, plant and equipment with a written down value of $69.0
million.

151

(ii)

Leases

As at 30 June 2021, the Group leased various assets under leases expiring within three to seven years. The interest
rates are fixed and payable over a period of the lease term from the inception of the lease. These leases are
effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the financial statements revert to the lessor
in the event of default.

(iii) Fair value

For the majority of the borrowings, the fair values are not materially different to their carrying amounts, since the
interest payable on those borrowings is either close to current market rates or the borrowings are of a short-term
nature. Refer above for differences as at year end.

(iv) Financing arrangements

As at the end of the report period, the Group had:

•

•

•

Revolving credit facility limit of $1 billion which is drawn to $662 million ($658 million net of capitalised finance 
costs) at 30 June 2021;

$20 million contingent instrument facilities, drawn down by $8.8 million; and

US$77 million contingent instrument facilities, drawn down by US$73.1 million.

As at the end of the prior report period, the Group had:

•

•

•

•

•

•

$400.0 million term loan, fully drawn;

$300.0 million revolving credit facility, fully drawn;

$7.0 million bank guarantee facility drawn down by $3.0 million;

$5.0 million bank guarantee facility drawn down by $4.5 million;

US$72.0 million bank guarantee and stand by letter of credit facility drawn down by US$71.9 million; 
and

US$3.0 million bank guarantee and stand by letter of facility drawn down by US$1.5 million.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(d) Trade and other payables

(a) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Accounting policy
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year
which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 60 days of recognition. Trade and other
payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the reporting date.
They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest method.

Trade payables
Accruals
Payroll tax and other statutory liabilities
Other payables

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

37.8
192.5
7.5
58.7
296.5

47.0
86.8
5.5
16.3
155.6

The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their 
short-term nature.

8 Non-financial assets and liabilities

This note provides information about the Group's non-financial assets and liabilities, including:

•

specific information about the following non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities

•

•

property, plant and equipment

exploration and evaluation assets

152

• mine properties assets

•

•

•

tax balances

inventories

provisions

accounting policies

information about determining the fair value of the assets and liabilities, including judgements and
estimation uncertainty involved.

•

•

(a) Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policy
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Refer to note 25 for further information on accounting policies associated with impairment. Historical cost includes
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate,
only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost
of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is
derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the reporting
period in which they are incurred.

At 30 June 2020 
Cost or fair value 
Accumulated 
depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 
June 2020 
Opening net book 
amount 
Additions 
Acquired as part 
of asset acquisition 
Exchange 
differences 
Acquired as part 
of business 
combination (note 
12)
Disposals 
Transfers 
Depreciation 
charge
Closing net book 
amount

At 30 June 2021 
Cost or fair value 
Accumulated 
depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 
June 2021 
Opening net book 
amount 
Additions 
Exchange 
differences 
Acquired as part 
of business 
combination (note 
12)
Disposals
Gain on 
revaluation of 
existing interest in 
KCGM (note 12) 
Transfers
Assets included in 
a disposal group 
classified as held 
for sale (note 14)

Land &
buildings
$M

Plant &
equipment
$M

Motor
Vehicles
$M

Office
equipment
$M

Capital work in
progress
$M

70.1

(16.4)
53.7

919.4

(252.8)
666.6

42.0
-

3.6

0.7

8.5
-
4.1

(5.2)

53.7

419.9
-

14.9

6.1

182.0
(8.9)
144.5

(91.9)

666.6

17.1

(9.1)
8.0

5.6
-

0.2

-

1.0
(0.3)
4.7

(3.2)

8.0

12.8

(6.3)
6.5

6.2
-

0.3

0.1

0.8
-
1.2

(2.1)

6.5

Total
$M

1,074.0

(284.6)
789.4

501.0
138.5

20.5

6.8

234.2
(9.2)
-

54.6

-
54.6

27.3
138.5

1.5

(0.1)

41.9
-
(154.5)

-

(102.4)

54.6

789.4

153

Land &
buildings
$M

Plant &
equipment
$M

Motor
Vehicles
$M

Office
equipment
$M

Capital work in
progress
$M

130.8

(23.1)
107.7

1,589.0

(318.1)
1,270.9

53.7
-

(2.7)

47.9
-

7.7
11.8

666.6
1.8

(25.4)

465.7
(7.0)

86.9
263.4

24.0

(9.8)
14.2

8.0
-

(0.2)

4.9
(0.4)

1.0
6.2

24.1

(8.2)
15.9

6.5
-

(0.3)

8.0
(0.1)

1.6
3.8

136.2

-
136.2

54.6
264.6

(2.6)

106.1
-

1.5
(285.2)

Total
$M

1,904.1

(359.2)
1,544.9

789.4
266.4

(31.2)

632.6
(7.5)

98.7
-

(1.0)

(24.7)

(1.2)

(0.3)

(2.8)

(30.0)

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(a) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

(b) Right-of-use assets (continued)

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Land &
buildings
$M

Plant &
equipment
$M

Motor
Vehicles
$M

Office
equipment
$M

Capital work in
progress
$M

Total
$M

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at
or before the commencement day, less any lease incentives received and any initial direct costs. They are
subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which
it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a
provision is recognised and measured under AASB 137. To the extent that the costs relate to a right-of-use asset, the
costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a
lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects
to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying
asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The Group applies AASB 136 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified
impairment loss as described in the ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ policy (as outlined in the financial report for the
annual reporting period).

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement the lease liability and
the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or
condition that triggers those payments occurs and are included in profit or loss.

As a practical expedient, AASB 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for
any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has not used this practical
expedient. For a contracts that contain a lease component and one or more additional lease or non-lease
components, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of the
relative stand-alone price of the lease component and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease
components.

Lease assets - amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position shows the following amounts relating to right-of-use assets:

155

Right-of-use assets
Opening balance
Adjustment for change in accounting policy
Acquired as part of business combination (note 12)
Gain on revaluation of existing interest in KCGM (note 12)
Additions to right-of-use assets
Depreciation
Closing balance

30 June 2021
$M
44.9
-
103.9
1.2
29.0
(40.5)
138.5

30 June 2020
$M
-
53.6
14.6
-
4.8
(28.1)
44.9

Depreciation
charge
Impairment loss
Closing net book
amount

(b) Right-of-use assets

Accounting policy

(9.2)
(0.5)

107.7

(149.3)
(7.1)

1,270.9

(4.1)
-

14.2

(3.2)
(0.1)

15.9

-
-

(165.8)
(7.7)

136.2

1,544.9

AASB 16 eliminates the distinction between operating and finance leases and brings all leases (other than short term
and low value leases) on to the balance sheet. As a lessee, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset representing its
right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

An assessment is made, at inception or when contract terms are changed, to determine whether the contract is, or
contains, a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys a right to control the use of an identified
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a
right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee,
except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets.
For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the
term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic
benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

154

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined,
the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the
net present value of the following lease payments:

• fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

• variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate

• amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees

• the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset)
whenever:

• The lease term has changed or there is a significant event or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

• The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a
guaranteed residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments
using an unchanged discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate,
in which case a revised discount rate is used).

• A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case
the lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease
payments using a revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

(c) Exploration and evaluation assets

Accounting policy
Exploration and evaluation assets include the costs of acquiring licences, costs associated with exploration and
evaluation activity, and the fair value (at acquisition date) of exploration and evaluation assets acquired in a
business combination. Exploration and evaluation expenditure is capitalised on an area of interest basis. Costs
incurred before the Group has obtained the legal rights to explore an area are recognised in the statement of profit
or loss and other comprehensive income.

Exploration and evaluation assets are only recognised if the rights of the area of interest are current and either, the
expenditures are expected to be recouped through successful development and exploitation of the area of interest
or activities in the area of interest have not at the reporting date; reached a stage which permits a reasonable
assessment of the existence or otherwise of economically recoverable reserves and active and significant
operations in, or in relation to, the area of interest are continuing.

Once a development decision has been made, all past exploration and evaluation expenditure in respect of an
area of interest that has been capitalised is transferred to mine properties where it is amortised over the life of the
area of interest to which it relates on a unit-of-production basis. No amortisation is charged during the exploration
and evaluation phase.

The application of the above accounting policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions
as to future events and circumstances, in particular, the assessment of whether economic quantities of reserves will
be found. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available, which may
require adjustments to the carrying value of assets. Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is assessed
for impairment when an indicator of impairment exists, and capitalised assets are written off where required.

156

Opening balance at 1 July
Expenditure for the period
Acquired as part of asset acquisition (i)
Acquired as part of business combination (note 12)
Gain on remeasurement of existing interest in KCGM (note 12)
Assets included in a disposal group classified as held for sale (note 14)
Transfer to mine properties
Impairment (ii)
Exchange differences
Closing balance

30 June
2021
$M

479.0
146.4
18.0
208.6
72.0
(28.1)
(182.2)
(101.3)
(3.1)
609.3

30 June
2020
$M

266.0
80.1
208.6
-
-
(17.4)
(30.2)
(28.3)
0.2
479.0

(i) Asset acquisition

On 17 June 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of the Kurnalpi Project from KalNorth Gold Mines Limited.

During the prior year, the Company completed the takeover of Echo Resources Limited (ASX: EAR) via a
combination of existing ownership interests, on-market acquisition and off-market acquisition. For details of the
acquisition, refer to note 13.

(ii)

Impairment

At each reporting date the Group undertakes an assessment of the carrying amount of its exploration and
evaluation assets. During the year the Group identified indicators of impairment on certain exploration and
evaluation assets under AASB 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources. As a result of this review, an
impairment loss of $101.3 million (2020: $28.3 million) has been recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income in relation to areas of interest where no future exploration and evaluation activities are
expected.

(d) Mine properties

Accounting policy
Mine properties includes aggregate expenditure in relation to mine construction, mine development, exploration
and evaluation expenditure where a development decision has been made and acquired mineral interests.

Expenditure incurred in constructing a mine by, or on behalf of, the Group is accumulated separately for each area
of interest in which economically recoverable reserves and resources have been identified. This expenditure
includes direct costs of construction, drilling costs and removal of overburden to gain access to the ore, borrowing
costs capitalised during construction and an appropriate allocation of attributable overheads.

Mine development represents expenditure in respect of exploration and evaluation, overburden removal based on
underlying mining activities and related mining data and construction costs and development incurred by or on
behalf of the Group previously accumulated and carried forward in relation to properties in which mining has now
commenced. Such expenditure comprises direct costs and an appropriate allocation of directly related overhead
expenditure.

All expenditure incurred prior to commencement of production from each development property is carried forward
to the extent to which recoupment out of future revenue from the sale of production, or from the sale of the
property, is reasonably assured. When further development expenditure is incurred in respect of a mine property
after commencement of commercial production, such expenditure is carried forward as part of the cost of the mine
property only when future economic benefits are reasonably assured, otherwise the expenditure is classified as part
of the cost of production and expensed as incurred. Such capitalised development expenditure is added to the
total carrying value of mine development being amortised.

Mine development costs (as transferred from exploration and evaluation and/or mines under construction) are
amortised on a units-of-production basis over the life of mine to which they relate. In applying the units of production
method, amortisation is calculated using the expected total contained ounces as determined by the life of mine
plan specific to that mine property. For development expenditure undertaken during production, the amortisation
rate is based on the ratio of total development expenditure (incurred and anticipated) over the expected total
contained ounces as estimated by the relevant life of mine plan to achieve a consistent amortisation rate per
ounce. The rate per ounce is typically updated annually as the life of mine plans are revised.

Mineral interests comprise identifiable exploration and evaluation assets, mineral resources and ore reserves, which
are acquired as part of a business combination or joint venture acquisition and are recognised at fair value at the
date of acquisition. Where possible, mineral interests are attributable to specific areas of interest and are classified
within mine properties.

Production stripping expenditure

Stripping (waste removal) costs are incurred both during the development phase and production phase of
operations. Stripping costs incurred during the development phase are capitalised as mines under construction.
Stripping costs incurred during the production phase are generally considered to create two benefits:

•

•

the production of ore inventory in the period - accounted for as a part of the cost of producing those ore
inventories; or

improved access to the ore to be mined in the future - recognised under producing mines if the following
criteria are met:

• Future economic benefits (being improved access to the ore body) associated with the stripping activity are
probable;
• The component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be accurately identified; and
• The costs associated with the stripping activity associated with that component can be reliably measured.

The amount of stripping costs deferred is based on the life of component ratio which is obtained by dividing the
amount of waste tonnes mined by the quantity of ore tonnes for each component of the mine. Stripping costs
incurred in the period are deferred to the extent that the actual current period waste to ore ratio exceeds the life of
component expected 'life of component' ratio. A component is defined as a specific volume of the ore body that is
made more accessible by the stripping activity and is determined based on mine plans. An identified component of
the ore body is typically a subset of the total ore body of the mine. Each mine may have several components, which
are identified based on the mine plan. The deferred stripping asset is initially measured at cost, which is the
accumulation of costs directly incurred to perform the stripping activity that improves access to the ore within an
identified component, plus an allocation of directly attributable overhead costs. The deferred stripping asset is
depreciated over the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that is made more
accessible by the activity, on a units of production basis.

157

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

(d)  Mine properties (continued)

Production stripping expenditure (continued)
Expected total contained ounces as determined by the life of mine plan are used to determine the expected useful 
life of the identified component of the ore body.

(e) Tax balances (continued)

(ii) Deferred tax assets

Opening balance at 1 July
Expenditure for the period
Changes in rehabilitation provision estimates
Transfer from exploration and evaluation
Acquired as part of business combination (note 12)
Fair value uplift on remeasurement of interest in KCGM (note 12)
Assets included in a disposal group classified as held for sale (note 14)
Amortisation
Exchange differences
Closing balance

Impairment

30 June
2021
$M

1,018.5
348.8
71.4
182.2
4,091.4
1,552.7
(121.0)
(445.1)
(14.8)
6,684.1

30 June
2020
$M

356.4
184.0
53.2
30.2
611.2
-
-
(219.5)
3.0
1,018.5

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an asset, or group of assets is
impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of
the impairment loss (if any) which is the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount.
Where the asset does not generate cash in-flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of ‘fair value less costs of disposal’ (FVLCOD) and ‘value in use’.

158

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses for assets other than goodwill, the carrying amount of the asset (or
CGU) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss
been recognised for the asset (or CGU) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss
immediately.

Impairment testing requires assets to be grouped together into the smallest group that generates cash inflows from
continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or cash generating units. Depending
on the location of the mine and processing strategy, as well as other external factors, the CGU may include more
than one operating mine with a processing facility.

There were no indications that an asset or CGU required impairment testing at 30 June 2021.

(e) Tax balances

(i) Current tax asset/(liability)

Opening balance at 1 July
Acquired balances
Tax paid
Current tax
Adjustment for current tax on prior periods
Closing balance

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

(12.0)
29.8
140.9
(6.1)
3.2
155.9

6.3
-
41.3
(58.8)
(0.8)
(12.0)

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
Acquired tax losses
Employee benefits
Provisions
Accruals
Financial assets at fair value through OCI
Mine properties
Inventories

Other
Other
Share based payments
Sub-total other

Total deferred tax assets

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions
Net deferred tax assets

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

20.6
26.0
175.6
5.8
1.3
1.5
56.1
286.9

8.3
4.3
12.6

26.5
14.2
98.6
3.2
1.2
-
(13.0)
130.7

10.1
3.8
13.9

299.5

144.6

(299.5)
-

(144.6)
-

Employee
benefits
$M

Provisions
$M

Inventories
$M

Mine Properties
$M

Other
$M

47.1

(5.9)

2.8

40.6

159

Total
$M

92.8

(6.1)

10.3

47.6
144.6

(6.1)

10.3

-
44.8

(21.9)

87.5

(1.9)

15.4
35.1

(1.9)

70.6
299.5

6.9

-

44.6
98.6

33.9

-

48.3
180.8

(7.1)

-

-
(13.0)

69.1

-

-
56.1

(2.8)

-

-
-

1.5

-

-
1.5

Movements

At 1 July 2019

(Charged)/credited
- to profit or loss
- directly to

equity

- acquisition of

subsidiary
At 30 June 2020

Movements
(Charged)/credited
- to profit or loss
- to other
comprehensive
income
- acquisition of
subsidiary
At 30 June 2021

(iii) Deferred tax liabilities

8.2

3.0

-

3.0
14.2

4.9

-

6.9
26.0

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

(e) Tax balances (continued)

(iii) Deferred tax liabilities (continued)

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation
Mine properties
Investments at fair value
Other

Set-off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set-off provisions
Net deferred tax liabilities

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

137.1
87.4
995.1
0.1
5.1
1,224.8

(299.5)
925.3

49.5
69.5
157.2
-
-
276.2

(144.6)
131.6

Offsetting within tax consolidated group

Northern Star Resources Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries, including those entities acquired as part
of the merger with Saracen Mineral Holdings during the year, have applied Australia's tax consolidation legislation
which means that the Australian entities are taxed as a single entity. Also, Northern Star Resources Limited’s US
entities are regarded as a single taxpayer in the US for income tax purposes. For accounting purposes, deferred tax
assets and deferred tax liabilities, relating to the same taxation authorities, have been offset in the consolidated
financial statements.

160

Movements

At 1 July 2019

Exploration and
evaluation
$M

Mine properties
$M

Property, plant
and equipment
$M

Other
$M

Total
$M

59.3

65.4

30.6

2.9

158.2

Charged/(credited)
- profit or loss
- directly to equity
- acquisition of subsidiary

At 30 June 2020

Charged/(credited)
- profit or loss
- to other comprehensive
income
- acquisition of subsidiary

At 30 June 2021

10.2
-
-
69.5

(6.7)

-
24.6
87.4

(7.8)
-
99.6
157.2

541.9

-
296.0
995.0

18.9
-
-
49.5

87.7

-
-
137.2

(0.3)
(2.6)
-
-

4.7

0.5
-
5.2

21.0
(2.6)
99.6
276.2

627.6

0.5
320.6
1,224.8

Recovery of deferred taxes
Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those
temporary differences and losses. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unutilised tax losses (where
applicable), require management to assess the likelihood that the Group will comply with the relevant tax legislation
and will generate sufficient taxable earnings in future years in order to recognise and utilise those deferred tax
assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash flows from operations and existing tax laws in
each jurisdiction. These assessments require the use of estimates and assumptions such as exchange rates,
commodity prices and operating performance over the life of the assets. To the extent that cash flows and taxable
income differ significantly from estimates, the ability of the Group to realise the deferred tax assets reported at the
reporting date could be impacted. Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which the Group
operates could limit the ability of the Group to obtain tax deductions in future years.

(f) 

Inventories

Accounting policy
Gold bullion, gold in circuit and ore stockpiles are physically measured or estimated and valued at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. Cost represents the weighted average cost and includes direct purchase costs and an 
appropriate portion of fixed and variable production overhead expenditure, including depreciation and 
amortisation, incurred in converting materials into finished goods.

Materials and supplies are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Any allowance for obsolescence is 
determined by reference to specific stock items identified. A regular and on-going review is undertaken to establish 
the extent of surplus items and an allowance is made for any potential loss on their disposal.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of 
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Ore stockpiles which are not expected to be processed in the 12 months after the reporting date are classified as 
non-current inventory. Where there is a reasonable expectation that the processing of these stockpiles will have a 
future economic benefit to the Group, these stockpiles are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The 
non-current ore stockpiles represent the stockpiles that are not expected to be processed in the next 12 months. If 
there is significant uncertainty as to if and/or when the stockpiled ore will be processed by the Group, the ore is 
expensed as mined, or otherwise, where such indications arise.

The determination of the current and non-current portion of ore stockpiles includes the use of estimates and 
judgements about when ore stockpile draw downs for processing will occur. These estimates and judgements are 
based on current forecasts and mine plans and expected developments, taking in to account operating history.

The initial measurement of stockpile inventory acquired as part of business combinations (refer note 12) involves the 
use of significant estimates and judgements. The key assumptions employed in measuring this inventory included: 
forecast gold prices, processing costs, grade and thus contained metal, processing recoveries and timing of 
processing. The initial fair values allocated to ore stockpiles are subsequently considered their deemed cost, and 
any future adverse change in the significant estimates and judgements could result in a net realisable value below 
deemed cost.

Current assets
Consumable stores
Ore stockpiles
Gold in circuit

Non-current assets
Ore stockpiles

(i) Amounts recognised in profit or loss

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

161

82.3
378.1
123.5
583.9

69.6
156.2
63.9
289.7

404.3

314.8

Write-downs of ore stockpiles to net realisable value amounted to $436.6 million (2020 - Nil). These were recognised
as an expense during the year ended 30 June 2021 and included in 'impairment of assets' in profit or loss.
Refer to note 5(c) for further detail surrounding the impairment of non-current inventory.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Non-financial assets and liabilities

Non-financial assets and liabilities

(g) Provisions

Accounting policy
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it
is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle
the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Rehabilitation costs include the dismantling and removal of mining plant, equipment and building structures, waste
removal and rehabilitation of the site in accordance with the requirements of the mining permits. Such costs are
determined using estimates of future costs, current legal requirements and technology.

Rehabilitation costs are recognised in full at present value as a non-current liability. An equivalent amount is
capitalised as part of the cost of the asset when an obligation arises to decommission or restore a site to a certain
condition after abandonment as a result of bringing the assets to its present location. The capitalised cost is
amortised over the life of the project and the provision is accreted periodically as the discounting of the liability
unwinds. The unwinding of the discount is recorded as a finance cost.

Any changes in the estimates for the costs or other assumptions against the cost of relevant assets are accounted
for on a prospective basis. In determining the costs of site restoration there is uncertainty regarding the nature and
extent of the restoration due to community expectations and future legislation.

162

Employee entitlements
Rehabilitation
Other

30 June
2021

Non-
current
$M

30 June
2020

Non-
current
$M

Total
$M

Current
$M

3.0
769.3
-
772.3

92.3
772.3
231.0
1,095.6

57.0
2.1
50.2
109.3

1.7
446.4
-
448.1

Current
$M

89.3
3.0
231.0
323.3

Total
$M

58.7
448.5
50.2
557.4

(i)

Information about individual provisions and significant estimates

Rehabilitation provision

The Group assesses its mine rehabilitation provision annually. Significant judgement is required in determining the
provision for mine rehabilitation and closure as there are many factors that will affect the ultimate liability payable to
rehabilitate the mine sites, including future disturbances caused by further development, changes in technology,
changes in regulations, price increases, changes in timing of cash flows which are based on life of mine plans and
changes in discount rates. When these factors change or become known in the future, such differences will impact
the mine rehabilitation provision in the period in which the change becomes known.

Long service leave
The liability for long service leave and other long-term benefits is measured at the present value of the estimated
future cash outflows to be made by the Group for those employees with greater than 5 years’ service up to the
reporting date. Long-term benefits not expected to be settled within 12 months are discounted using the rates
attaching to high quality corporate bonds at the reporting date, which most closely match the terms of maturity of
the related liability. In determining the liability for these long-term employee benefits, consideration has been given
to expected future increases in wage and salary rates, the Group’s experience with staff departures and periods of
service. Related on-costs are also included in the liability.

(ii) Movements in provisions

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee entitlements, are set out
below:

(g) Provisions (continued)

(ii) Movements in provisions (continued)

2021

Carrying amount at start of year
- liabilities attributable to assets held for sale
Additional provisions recognised
Amounts used
- acquired through business combination (note 12) 
Unwinding of discount
Fair value loss on remeasurement of existing interest in KCGM 
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of year

2020

Carrying amount at start of year
Additional provisions recognised
Amounts used
- acquired through asset acquisition (note 13)
- acquired through business combination (note 12) 
Unwinding of discount
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of year

Rehabilitation
$M

Other*
$M

448.5
(26.8)
80.5
-
278.9
4.2
(4.0)
(9.0)
772.3

Rehabilitation
$M

219.6
53.2
-
20.7
148.5
4.7
1.8
448.5

50.2
(0.2)
227.6
(46.6)
-
-
-
-
231.0

Other
$M

5.8
50.6
(6.2)
-
-
-
-
50.2

*Other provisions includes estimates of stamp duty payable on the completion of past transactions. The stamp duty
provision at 30 June 2021 is $225.3 million (2020: $50.2 million) and includes estimates of stamp duty for the interests in
KCGM and other previous acquisitions.

163

9 Equity

Accounting policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. They entitle the holder to participate in dividends and have no par value.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net 
of tax, from the proceeds.

(a) Share capital

30 June
2021
Shares

30 June
2020
Shares

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Ordinary shares
Fully paid
Total share capital

(i) Movements in ordinary shares:

1,163,686,519
1,163,686,519

740,151,041
740,151,041

6,435.1
6,435.1

Details

Number of shares

Opening balance 1 July 2019
Employee Share Plan issues
Equity issue net of transaction costs and tax
Issue of shares on vesting of options/performance rights (i)
Balance 30 June 2020

639,592,634
102,258
91,110,949
9,345,200
740,151,041

1,323.9
1,323.9

Total
$M

473.7
1.3
808.1
40.8
1,323.9

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(a) Share capital (continued)

(i) Movements in ordinary shares: (continued)

Employee Share Plan issues
Equity issue net of transaction costs and tax (note 12)
Issue of shares on vesting of options/performance rights (i)

Closing treasury shares (i)
Balance 30 June 2021

Equity

2.4
5,104.6
4.2
6,435.1
-
6,435.1

244,000
422,480,346
811,132
1,163,686,519
(150,000)
1,163,536,519

(i) During the year, 439,817 FY18 Performance Rights granted in December 2017; 196,470 FY20 STI Performance Rights
granted in November and December 2019; and 24,845 FY20 Share Rights granted in November 2019 vested after
their respective performance periods. These had been awarded to Directors, Key Management Personnel and other
senior employees. As a result, 661,132 fully paid ordinary shares were issued on vesting of the rights. Additionally,
150,000 shares were issued to the employee share trust in relation to the FY20 restricted share grant and which are
unvested at 30 June 2021.

164

Risk

This section of the notes discusses the Group’s exposure to various risks and shows how these could affect the 
Group’s financial position and performance.

10 Financial risk management

This note explains the Group's exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial 
performance. Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context.

Risk
Market risk -
foreign
exchange
Market risk –
interest rate

Market risk –
security prices
Market risk -
commodity
price risk
Credit risk

Exposure arising from
Future commercial transactions

Measurement of risk
Cash flow forecasting

Borrowings at variable rates

Sensitivity analysis

Investments in equity securities

Sensitivity analysis

Fluctuations in the prevailing
market prices of gold

Sensitivity analysis

Cash and cash equivalents and
trade and other receivables

Aging analysis and
credit ratings

Liquidity risk

Borrowings and other liabilities

Rolling cash flow
forecasts

How the risk is managed
Net-off foreign exchange
exposures and natural hedge
mechanisms
Fixed interest rates over term of
borrowings on plant and
equipment and monitoring of
variable rates on corporate
bank debt
Management of equity
investments
Gold hedging instruments

Diversification of bank deposits
and credit risk where
appropriate
Management of availability of
committed borrowing facilities
and maturity

The Board has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management framework. The
Audit and Risk Management Committee is responsible for developing and monitoring risk management policies. The
Committee reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

Risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate
risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training
and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment
in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

165

The Group’s Audit and Risk Management Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the
Group’s risk management policies and procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in
relation to the risks faced by the Group.

(a) Market risk

(i)

Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from foreign currency
transactions, primarily with respect to the US$. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and
recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the functional currency of the relevant entity.
The carrying value of financial instruments that are held in a currency other than the entities functional currency are
as follows (expressed in Australian dollars):

Financial Assets - USD
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Derivative financial instruments

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

25.6
16.6
0.4
42.6

36.9
6.4
-
43.3

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Financial risk management

Financial risk management

(a) Market risk (continued)

(i)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Financial Assets - EUR
Cash and cash equivalents

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

2.9

-

The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from US dollar-denominated financial
instruments. A 10 percent increase in the AUD/USD exchange rate would decrease post tax profit by $3.2 million
while a 10 percent decrease in the AUD/USD exchange rate would increase post tax profit by $3.9 million.

Foreign currency forwards

The Group uses foreign currency forwards to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. The group has determined
the fair value of the foreign currency forwards by calculating the present value of future cash flows based on
observable forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date. As the forward contracts are used to hedge
forecast transactions, the group designates the full change in fair value of the forward contract as the hedging
instrument and recognises the gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire
forward contract in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity.

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through its longer term borrowings comprising a $500 million facility maturing
3 years from financial close and $500 million facility maturing 4 years from financial close. The Group has drawn
down $662 million from these facilities. The Group is exposed to the risk of future changes in market interest rates.

Holding all other variables constant, the impact on FY2021 post tax profit of a 1 percent increase/ decrease in the
rate of interest on the borrowings of the Group would be a decrease/increase of $19 million.

166

Borrowings related to the purchases of plant and equipment under finance lease arrangements have fixed interest
rates over their term and therefore not subject to interest rate risk as defined in AASB 7.

(iii) Price risk

Exposure

The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the prevailing market prices for the gold and silver currently
produced from its operating mines.

The Group manages a component of this risk through the use of gold forward contracts and options. These
contracts are accounted for as sale contracts with revenue recognised once gold has been physically delivered
into the contract. The physical gold delivery contracts are considered a contract to sell a non-financial item and
therefore do not fall within the scope of AASB 9 Financial Instruments. The Group's contractual sales commitments
are disclosed in note 17.

The Group is also exposed to equity securities price risk arising from investments held by the Group and classified in
the statement of financial position as financial assets at fair value through OCI and investments accounted for using
the equity method.

All of the Group's equity investments are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange or TSX Venture
Exchange.

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counter party will default on its contractual obligation resulting in financial loss to
the Group. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and credit exposures to gold sales counterparties and
financial counterparties.

(b) Credit risk (continued)

(i) Risk management

The Group has adopted the policy of dealing with creditworthy counterparties as a means of mitigating the risk of
financial loss from defaults. Cash is deposited only with institutions approved by the Board, typically with a current
minimum credit rating of A (or equivalent) as determined by a reputable credit rating agency e.g. Standard &
Poor’s. Permitted instruments by which the Group hedges gold price risk are entered into with financial
counterparties with a minimum credit of A (or equivalent). The Group has established limits on aggregate funds on
term deposit or invested in money markets to be placed with a single financial counterparty and monitors credit
and counterparty risk using credit default swaps. The Group sells the majority of its unhedged gold and silver to
counterparties with settlement terms of no more than 2 days. The counterparties have investment grade credit
ratings and the exposures, as noted, are short dated. The Group does not have any other significant credit risk
exposure to a single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics.

(ii) Credit quality

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external
credit ratings (if available) or to historical information about counterparty default rates.

Trade receivables
Counterparties with external credit rating
AA
A

Counterparties without external credit rating *
Other
Total trade receivables

Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits
AA
A

* Other - counterparties with no defaults in the past

(iii)

Impaired trade receivables

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

17.4
-
17.4

7.9
25.3

763.0
8.9
771.9

40.3
30.9
71.2

1.3
72.5

666.7
10.6
677.3

167

In determining the recoverability of trade and other receivables, the Group performs a risk analysis considering the
type and age of the outstanding receivable and the creditworthiness of the counterparty. If appropriate, an
impairment loss will be recognised in profit or loss. The Group does not have any impaired Trade and other
receivables as at 30 June 2021 (2020: nil). No allowance for expected credit losses has been recognised as the
duration of associated exposures is short and/or the probability of default is negligible.

(c) Liquidity risk

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring immediate and forecasted cash requirements and ensures
adequate cash reserves are maintained to pay debts as and when due.

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability
of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due. At the end of
the reporting period, the Group held a short term on-demand cash balance of $771.9 million (2020: $675.4 million)
that was available for managing liquidity risk.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group's available cash reserve (comprising the undrawn borrowing
facilities below and cash and cash equivalents) on the basis of expected cash flows. The Group's liquidity
management policy involves seeking to maintain cash resources of at least 30 days costs of goods sold plus net
interest costs.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Financial risk management

Capital Management

(c) Liquidity risk (continued)

(i)

Financing arrangements

The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting year:

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Floating rate

- Expiring beyond one year (financing facility)

338.0

-

The revolving credit facilities may be drawn at any time until maturity. As part of the debt refinancing following
implementation of the scheme of arrangement with Saracen Mineral Holdings Ltd, the revolving credit facilities were
increased to $1 billion with revised maturities of June 2023 ($500 million, fully drawn) and June 2024 ($500 million,
drawn to $162 million).

Refer to note 7(c) for full details of financing facilities available to the Group.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyse the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual
maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months
equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

Contractual maturities of financial
liabilities

At 30 June 2021

Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Secured asset financing
Borrowings
Total non-derivatives

At 30 June 2020
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Borrowings
Total non-derivatives

Less than 6
months
$M

6 - 12
months
$M

Between 1
and 2
years
$M

Between 2
and 5
years
$M

296.5
28.5
20.3
5.8
351.1

155.7
38.8
32.6
227.1

-
24.4
17.0
5.7
47.1

-
29.5
82.7
112.2

-
53.1
36.8
11.5
101.4

-
34.3
164.5
198.8

-
37.1
14.7
673.7
725.5

-
6.8
458.3
465.1

Total
contractual
cash
flows
$M

Over 5
years
$M

-
5.2
1.4
-
6.6

-
11.3
-
11.3

296.5
148.2
90.3
696.7
1,231.7

155.7
120.6
738.1
1,014.4

Carrying
amount
liabilities
$M

296.5
141.9
87.9
658.3
1,184.6

155.7
113.8
697.3
966.8

The weighted average interest rate on lease liabilities was 3.78% (2020: 4.14%).

Of the $458.3 million disclosed in the 2020 borrowings time band between 2 and 5 years, the Group has early repaid
$200 million on 6 July 2020.

11 Capital management

(a) Risk management

The Group's objectives when managing capital are to:

•

safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and

168

(a) Risk management (continued)

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to
Shareholders, return capital to Shareholders or issue new shares.

Total capital is equity, as shown in the statement of financial position. The Group is not subject to any externally
imposed capital requirements.

(b) Dividends

(i) Ordinary shares

Interim ordinary dividend for FY20 of 7.5 cents per fully paid share, payment of
which was postponed in March 2020 when the Company withdrew its FY20
guidance, and was paid on 16 July 2020
Final ordinary dividend for FY20 of 9.5 cents (FY19: 7.5 cents) per fully paid ordinary
share paid on 30 September 2020
Special dividend of 10 cents per fully paid share paid on 30 September 2020
Interim ordinary dividend for FY21 of 9.5 cents (FY20: 7.5 cents) per fully paid
ordinary share paid on 30 March 2021

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

55.5

70.4
74.1

110.5
310.5

310.5

-

48.7
-

-
48.7

48.7

* On 26 March 2020, the Company announced implementing prudent financial measures designed to preserve the
long-term value of the business following uncertainty arising due to the COVID-19 global pandemic. In light of this,
the Company deferred the payment of its interim dividend due on 30 March 2020. In accordance with Accounting
Standards, the Group has not recognised a provision for this interim dividend because the liability is not incurred until
the fixed time for payment arrives. The interim dividend was subsequently paid on 16 July 2020.

169

(ii) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the Directors have
recommended the payment of a final dividend of 9.5 cents per fully paid ordinary
share (2020 - 7.5 cents) as at 30 June 2021, fully franked based on tax paid at 30%.
The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 29
September 2021 out of retained earnings at 30 June 2021, but not recognised as a
liability at year end, is

Not applicable as at 30 June 2021 - Special dividend for the year ended 30 June
2020 of 10 cents per fully paid ordinary share as at 30 June 2020, fully franked based
on tax paid at 30%. The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to
be paid on 23 September 2020 out of retained earnings from 30 June 2020, but not
recognised as a liability at year end, is

Not applicable as at 30 June 2021 - Interim dividend for the half year ended 31
December 2019 of 7.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share as at 30 June 2020, fully
franked based on tax paid at 30%

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

110.5

70.3

-

-

74.0

55.5

• maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital and maximise returns to Shareholders and

benefits for other stakeholders.

(iii) Franking credits

At balance date the value of franking credits available (at 30%) was $321.9 million (2020: $229.1 million). The
balance of franking credits disclosed in the table above is as at 30 June 2021 and does not include the expected
downward revision to the franking account balance on lodgement of the Group’s FY21 Australian tax return, during
FY22, and the subsequent expected refund that will be received.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Group structure

This section provides information which will help users understand how the Group structure affects the financial 
position and performance of the Group as a whole. In particular, there is information about:

•

•
•

changes to the structure that occurred during the year as a result of business combinations and the disposal of
a discontinued operation
interests in joint operations
interests in associates.

A list of significant subsidiaries is provided in note 15.

12 Business combination

Accounting policy
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity 
instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises 
the: fair values of the assets transferred; liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business; equity 
interests issued by the Group; fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement; and fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with 
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The application of acquisition 
accounting requires significant judgement and estimates to be made, which are discussed below. The Group 
engages independent third parties to assist with the determination of the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities 
assumed, non-controlling interest, if any, and goodwill, based on recognised business valuation methodologies.

The income valuation method represents the present value of future cash flows over the life of the asset using:

• financial forecasts, which rely on management’s estimates of reserve quantities and exploration potential, costs to
produce and develop reserves, revenues, and operating expenses;
• long-term growth rates;
• appropriate discount rates; and
• expected future capital requirements.

170

The market valuation method uses prices paid for a similar asset by other purchasers in the market, normalised for
any differences between the assets.

The cost valuation method is based on the replacement cost of a comparable asset at the time of the acquisition
adjusted for depreciation and economic and functional obsolescence of the asset and estimates of residual values.

The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either
at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the
acquisition date fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less
than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has
been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

If the initial accounting for the business combination is not complete by the end of the reporting period in which the
acquisition occurs, an estimate will be recorded. Subsequent to the acquisition date, but not later than one year
from the acquisition date, the Group will record any material adjustments to the initial estimate based on new
information obtained that would have existed as of the date of the acquisition.

Business combination

(a) Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited

(i)

Summary of the acquisition

On 12 February 2021, the Company implemented the scheme of arrangement (Scheme) in relation to the merger of
the Company and Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited (Saracen).

In accordance with the Scheme, all Saracen shares have been transferred to Northern Star, and eligible Saracen
shareholders were issued the Scheme consideration of 0.3763 Northern Star shares for each Saracen share held on
the Scheme record date. Consequently, 422,480,346 Northern Star shares were issued on that date.

In addition to recognising the effects of acquiring Saracen’s assets and liabilities, the transaction also results in the
Company obtaining control over Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines Pty Ltd (KCGM) in which it previously held a 50
percent joint operating interest.

Details of the purchase consideration and the net identifiable assets acquired are as follows:

Purchase consideration
Ordinary shares issued*
Net purchase consideration

$M
5,107.2
5,107.2

* 422,480,346 ordinary shares were issued as consideration with a deemed fair value based on the 1-day volume
weighted average share price on Implementation Date of $12.09 per share.

The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Income tax receivable
Inventories - finished product
Inventories - gold in circuit
Inventories - ore stockpiles
Inventories - supplies (net of provision)
Inventories - ore stockpiles (non-current)
Property, plant and equipment
Mine properties
Deferred exploration
Right of use assets
Investments
Trade and other payables
Employee Provisions
Hedgebook contract liability
Lease liabilities
Borrowings
Employee provisions (non-current)
Derivative liability (non-current)
Lease liabilities (non-current)
Borrowings (non-current)
Deferred tax liability
Provision for rehabilitation
Net identifiable assets acquired

171

Provisional
Fair Value
$M

402.5
12.6
29.8
5.5
58.0
230.4
34.9
442.4
632.6
4,091.4
208.6
103.9
0.7
(128.7)
(22.5)
(57.0)
(26.3)
(77.0)
(1.6)
(8.0)
(89.8)
(206.0)
(250.3)
(278.9)
5,107.2

As outlined in the Group’s Business Combination accounting policy above, the identification of assets and liabilities
and associated fair value measurement as part of acquisition accounting is subject to significant judgement and
estimation.

The following key estimates and judgements were required as part of the acquisition accounting for Saracen:

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(a)  Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited

(a) Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited

Inventory - refer to note 5(c) for estimates and judgements involved in determining acquired inventory values.

Remeasuring of the equity interest in the acquiree held by the acquirer before the business combination

Business combination

Business combination

Property, plant and equipment - expert plant valuers were engaged to assist in determining the fair values for 
property, plant and equipment. The valuation of these assets involved use of, among other factors, published 
market data, current replacement/reproduction costs, residual values, inflation factors, useful life assumptions and 
site inspections to determine current wear and tear.

Mine Properties - in a mining transaction the residual amount of purchase consideration after all the other assets and 
liabilities have been identified and re-measured to reflect acquisition date fair value is typically allocated to mine 
properties (excluding site rehabilitation). After this allocation, further analysis in the form of discounted cash flows 
and market implied resource multiples are used to ensure the fair value ascribed to mine properties is fair and 
reasonable. Discounted cash flow analysis requires estimation of the future amount and timing of cash flows.

Estimates and judgement are required in selecting the inputs for such analysis including: total ore tonnes, grade, 
metal recoveries, gold prices, exchange rates, future mining, processing costs and capital costs and discount rates.

Analysis and cross checks to market data using implied resource multiples also requires the use of judgement when 
selecting comparative companies and transactions with which to perform comparisons.

Hedgebook contract liability - Assessment of the gold sales contracts relative to market rates is required at the date 
of acquisition. Where gold sales contracts are below market rates on a net basis (i.e. unfavourable), a contract 
liability is recognised based on the difference in the contracted gold sales price relative to the gold price for a 
forward contract with the same maturity date as at the date of acquisition.

Provision for rehabilitation - refer to note 7 or estimates and judgements involved in determining provisions for 
rehabilitation.

Deferred tax - the recognition of deferred tax liabilities is directly associated with the determination of both initial 
accounting values and the determination and allocation of tax bases on entry into the Group’s tax consolidated 
group. In Saracen's case, value attributed to the underlying tenement value is non-tax deductible due to those 
tenements held by the acquired entities being subject to the capital gains tax rules rather than the tax depreciation 
rules enacted in 2001.

172

Any changes in the determination of fair values for all assets and liabilities and allocation of value for tax purposes 
could give rise to changes in deferred tax balances.

(ii)  Acquired receivables

The fair value of acquired trade receivables is $12.6 million. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due 
is $12.6 million, of which none is expected to be uncollectible.

(iii)  Revenue and profit contribution

The acquired business contributed revenues of $531.6 million and net profit of $6.1 million to the group for the period 
12 February 2021 to 30 June 2021. This excludes the impact of the remeasurement of the Company's initial 50 
percent interest in KCGM.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2020, consolidated pro-forma revenue and net profit for the year ended 30 
June 2021 would have been $1,275.9 million and $14.6 million respectively, based on an extrapolation of actual 
results since acquisition.

Purchase consideration - cash inflow

Inflow of cash on acquisition of subsidiary
Cash balances acquired
Net inflow of cash - Investing activities

Acquisition-related costs

$M
402.5
402.5

Acquisition related costs of $231.1 million are included in acquisition and integration in profit or loss.

We note that fair values assigned to identifiable assets, liabilities and associated tax balances above are presented
on a provisional basis. The Group may recognise an adjustment to these provisional values as a result of completing
fair value accounting within 12 months following acquisition date.

The acquistion of Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited resulted in the Company obtaining control over KCGM, in which
it previously held a 50 percent joint operating interest. As a result, there is a requirement to remeasure the
Company's pre-existing 50 percent interest in KCGM to fair value. This has resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.92 billion
recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The assets and liabilities relating to the remeasurement of the Company's pre-existing 50 percent interest in KCGM to
fair value are as follows:

Current Assets
Inventories - gold in circuit
Inventories - ore stockpiles
Inventories - supplies (net of provision)
Non-current assets
Inventories - ore stockpiles
Property, plant & equipment
Mine properties
Deferred exploration
Right of use assets
Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Rehabilitation provision
Gain on remeasurement (pre-tax)
Deferred tax liability
Gain on remeasurement (post-tax)

$M
17.3
75.6
(3.1)

101.8
98.7
1,552.7
72.0
1.2

(0.6)

(0.3)
4.0
1,919.3
(575.8)
1,343.5

(b) Prior year acquisition - KCGM 50 percent interest

(i)

Summary of the acquisition

173

On 3 January 2020, Northern Star ("NST") completed the acquisition of all of the shares in Kalgoorlie Lake View Pty Ltd
from Newmont Goldcorp Australia Pty Ltd ("Newmont"), which holds a 50 percent interest in Kalgoorlie Consolidated
Gold Mines Pty Ltd (KCGM) and in the operations and assets managed by KCGM, including the Super Pit in
Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. The Group's share in KCGM is accounted for as a Joint Operation with the Group's
share of asset, liabilities, income and expenses consolidated into its accounts. The Group sells its own share of gold
bullion from the joint venture. Total consideration paid in respect of the acquisition was US$775.0 million (A$1,127.8
million).

As part of the acquisition, NST also acquired the following from Newmont related entities:
• a separate parcel of nearby Kalgoorlie tenements; and
• a US$25.0 million conditionally refundable option arrangement to acquire 100 percent of the equity in GMK
Investments Pty Ltd, which holds the Newmont Power business and associated assets and a six month transactional
services agreement for Newmont to provide key personnel on a secondment basis to assist with the effective
transition of the KCGM Operations to NST.

Refer to note 7(a) for further details around $US22.5 million prepayment to acquire Newmont's Power business. As at 
30 June 2020, costs associated with transaction services were expensed within acquisition and integration costs.

Details of the purchase consideration and the net identifiable assets acquired are as follows:

Purchase consideration
Consideration paid*
Associated assets acquired**
Net purchase consideration

$M
1,164.2
(36.4)
1,127.8

* Includes $15.6 million of foreign exchange losses recognised as part of transaction consideration resulting from
hedging the currency risk between the date of signing the share sale deed and the date of completion, being 3
January 2020.
** The associated assets acquired comprise the transitional services arrangement and a conditionally refundable
option arrangement to acquire the Newmont power business which supplies power to KCGM.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Business combination

Business combination

(b) Prior year acquisition - KCGM 50 percent interest

The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories - consumables stores
Inventories - gold in circuit
Inventories - ore stockpiles
Property, plant & equipment
Mine properties
Right of use assets (IFRS 16)
Trade and other payables
Provision for rehabilitation
Lease liabilities
Employee provisions
Deferred tax liability
Net identifiable assets acquired

Fair Value
$M
10.7
8.7
20.9
26.4
466.3
234.3
611.2
14.6
(40.1)
(148.5)
(14.6)
(10.1)
(51.9)
1,127.8

(b) Prior year acquisition - KCGM 50 percent interest

(iii) Revenue and profit contribution

The acquired business contributed revenues of $235.8 million and net profit of $26.1 million to the Group for the 
period 3 January 2020 to 30 June 2020.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2019, consolidated pro-forma revenue and net profit for the year ended 30 
June 2020 would have been $471.6 million and $52.2 million respectively, based on an extrapolation of actual results 
since acquisition.

Purchase consideration - cash outflow

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary net of cash acquired
Consideration
Less: Cash balances acquired
Less: Foreign exchange movement on cash

Net outflow of cash - investing activities

Acquisition-related costs

$M

1,164.2
10.7
15.6
26.3
1,137.9

As outlined in the Group’s Business Combination accounting policy above, the identification of assets and liabilities 
and associated fair value measurement as part of acquisition accounting is subject to significant judgement and 
estimation.

The following key estimates and judgements were required as part of the acquisition accounting for KCGM:

Inventory - refer note 8(f) for estimates and judgements involved in determining acquired inventory values.

Acquisition related costs of $43.9 million are included in acquisition and integration expense in profit or 
loss.

13 Asset acquisition

On the 26 August 2019, Northern Star Resources Ltd ("Northern Star") and Echo Resources Limited ("Echo") entered
into a Bid Implementation Agreement, in which Northern Star offered to acquire all of the issued and outstanding
ordinary shares in Echo that it did not already own.

Property, plant and equipment - expert plant valuers were engaged to assist in determining the fair values for 
property, plant and equipment. The valuation of these assets involved use of, among other factors, published 
market data, current replacement/reproduction costs, residual values, inflation factors, useful life assumptions and 
site inspections to determine current wear and tear.

174

On 14 October 2019, Northern Star acquired control of Echo through a combination of its pre-existing stake,
acceptances of the Northern Star Offer and on-market acquisitions. The takeover was completed on 6 December
2019. The total consideration paid by Northern Star was $219.8 million.

175

Mine Properties - in a mining transaction the residual amount of purchase consideration after all the other assets and 
liabilities have been identified and re-measured to reflect acquisition date fair value is typically allocated to mine 
properties (excluding site rehabilitation). After this allocation, further analysis in the form of discounted cash flows 
and market implied resource multiples are used to ensure the fair value ascribed to mine properties is fair and 
reasonable. Discounted cash flow analysis requires estimation of the future amount and timing of cash flows. 
Estimates and judgement are required in selecting the inputs for such analysis including: total ore tonnes, grade, 
metal recoveries, gold prices, exchange rates, future mining, processing costs and capital costs and discount rates. 
Analysis and cross checks to market data using implied resource multiples also requires the use of judgement when 
selecting comparative companies and transactions with which to perform comparisons.

Provision for rehabilitation - refer note 8(g) for estimates and judgements involved in determining provisions for 
rehabilitation.

Deferred tax - the recognition of deferred tax liabilities is directly associated with the determination of both initial 
accounting values and the determination and allocation of tax bases on entry into the Group’s tax consolidated 
group. Value attributed to the underlying tenement value is non-tax deductible due to those tenements held by the 
acquired entities being subject to the capital gains tax rules rather than the tax depreciation rules enacted in 2001. 
Any changes in the determination of fair values for all assets and liabilities and allocation of value for tax purposes 
could give rise to changes in deferred tax balances.

(ii)  Acquired receivables

The fair value of acquired trade receivables is $7.2 million. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due is
$7.2 million, of which none is expected to be uncollectible.

The Group determined the transaction represented an asset acquisition, rather than a business combination, having
determined the concentration test in AASB 3 Business Combinations was met. The concentration test is met if
substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of
similar identifiable assets. The determination of the fair values for such assets and thus both the concentration test
and any subsequent asset acquisition accounting involves the use of significant estimates and judgements. The
value paid for Echo was determined to be concentrated in the value of acquired exploration and evaluation assets.
The estimates and judgements required the determination of the fair value of acquired plant and equipment,
including the Bronzewing processing facility. External valuation experts were used to value this plant and equipment
and the valuations were made with reference to, among other factors, their current condition and location, recent
price estimates, independently published external construction price guides and experience from other projects.

When an asset acquisition does not constitute a business combination, the assets and liabilities are assigned a
carrying amount based on their relative fair values and no deferred tax will arise in relation to the acquired assets
and assumed liabilities, as the initial recognition exemption for deferred tax under AASB 112 is applied. Post
acquisition, when Echo subsequently joined Northern Star's Australian tax consolidated group (6 December 2019),
under Accounting Standards, these tax losses were required to be recognised. Because the other tax effects of the
transaction could not be recognised on obtaining control, due to the recognition exemption, this resulted in a
non-cash credit to income tax expense (refer note 7). No goodwill arises on the acquisition and transactions costs of
the acquisition are included in the capitalised cost of the asset.

Purchase consideration
Cash paid
Acquisition costs
Carrying value transferred on obtaining control

$M

103.3
12.9
103.6
219.8

The opening carrying value of Echo on 1 July 2019 was $16.3 million; the Company paid cash of $88.4 million prior to
obtaining control; and recognised losses of $1.1 million as an associate: resulting in a total associate carrying value
of $103.6 million being transferred on obtaining control.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions - other
Provision for rehabilitation
Net identifiable assets acquired

14 Assets classified as held for sale

(a) Description

Asset acquisition

Fair value
$M

15.8
1.2
20.5
208.6
(5.1)
(0.5)
(20.7)
219.8

During Q4 of FY21, the Company began marketing the sale of it's Kundana Operations, its 51% interest in each of the
East Kundana Production Joint Venture and the East Kundana Exploration Joint Venture, its 75% interest in the West
Kundana Farmin Joint Venture, and the Carbine / Carnage gold project ('Kundana Assets"). As at 30 June 2021 the
assets were available for immediate sale and the sale was considered highly probable within a 12 month period. The
associated assets and liabilities were consequently presented as held for sale.

Subsequently, on 22 July 2021 the Group announced that it has entered into a binding Share and Asset Sale
Agreement with Evolution Mining Ltd (ASX: EVN) for the Kundana Assets for a purchase price of $400 million cash.

The transaction completed on 18 August 2021.

The disposal group contributed $281.8 million (2020: $376.3 million) of revenue and $39.9 million (2020: $61.6 million)
profit after tax during FY21. Gold sales for the year relating to the disposal group were 122,495oz (2020: 171,007oz).

(b) Assets and liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale

176

The following assets and liabilities were reclassified as held for sale in relation to the sale of the Kundana Assets as at
30 June 2021:

Assets classified as held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation assets
Mine properties

Total assets of disposal group held for sale

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Trade and other payables
Provisions
Borrowings

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Net assets held for sale
Net assets held for sale

30 June
2021
$M

3.2
5.9
16.1
30.0
28.1
121.0
204.3

(14.0)
(33.3)
(18.0)
(65.3)

139.0

15 Interests in other entities

(a)  Material subsidiaries

The Group’s principal subsidiaries at 30 June 2021 are set out below. Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital 
consisting solely of ordinary shares that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held 
equals the voting rights held by the Group. The country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of 
business.

Name of entity

Northern Star Mining Services Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Kanowna) Pty Ltd
Kundana Gold Pty Ltd
Gilt-Edged Mining Pty Ltd
EKJV Management Pty Ltd
Kanowna Mines Pty Ltd
GKL Properties Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Tanami) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Western Tanami) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (South Kalgoorlie) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (HBJ) Pty Ltd

Northern Star (Hampton Gold Mining Areas) Limited
Northern Star (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Northern Star (Alaska) Incorporated

Northern Star (Alaska) LLC

Northern Star (Pogo) LLC

Northern Star (Pogo Two) LLC

Stone Boy Inc.
Northern Star (KLV) Pty Ltd
Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Bronzewing) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Yandal Consolidated) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Echo Mining) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (MKO) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Saracen Kalgoorlie) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Carosue Dam) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Thunderbox) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Saracen) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Saracen Goldfields) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Bundarra) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (SR Mining) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Sinclair) Pty Ltd
Northern Star (Talisman) Pty Ltd

Country of
incorporation

Ownership interest held by
the Group
2021
%

2020
%

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
England &
Wales
Australia
United States of
America
United States of
America
United States of
America
United States of
America
United States of
America
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0
100.0
50.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

177

For information regarding entities party to a deed of cross guarantee refer to note 23.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(b) Joint arrangements

FMG JV
Mt Clement JV
East Kundana Production JV
Kanowna West JV
Kalbara JV
West Kundana JV
Zebina JV
Acra JV
Robertson JV
Cheroona JV
KCGM
Sorrento JV
Jundee JV
Phantom Well JV
Nexus JV
AngloGold JV

Interests in other entities

Further details

Principal Activities

Exploration
Exploration
Exploration & Production
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration & Production
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration
Exploration

Ownership interest held
2020
%
66.73
20.00
51.00
89.95
71.39
75.50
80.00
75.00
40.00
30.00
50.00
70.00
70.00
-
-
-

2021
%
67.72
0
51.00
92.42
71.42
75.50
80.00
75.00
40.00
30.00
100
70.00
70.00
86.98
10.00
30.00

This section of the notes includes other information that must be disclosed to comply with the accounting standards 
and other pronouncements, but that is not immediately related to individual line items in the financial statements.

16 Contingent liabilities

(a) Contingent liabilities

The Group had no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2021.

17 Commitments

(a) Capital commitments

Significant capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting year but not recognised as liabilities is as 
follows:

Property, plant and equipment

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

266.5

38.1

The joint arrangements listed above are classified as joint operations and are not separate legal entities. They are
contractual arrangements between participants for the sharing of costs and outputs and do not themselves
generate revenue and profit. The joint operations are of the type where initially one party contributes tenements
with the other party earning a specified percentage by funding exploration activities; thereafter the parties often
share exploration and development costs and output in proportion to their ownership of joint venture assets. The joint
operations are accounted for in accordance with the Group's accounting policy set out in note 25.

30 June 2021 capital commitments includes $153.6 million in relation to KCGM mining fleet upgrade and $23.3 million
in relation to the Thunderbox mill expansion.

(b) Gold delivery commitments

Australian dollar gold delivery commitments as at 30 June 2021 were as follows:

178

Gold for
physical
delivery
(Ounces)
502,570
299,000

Weighted
average
contracted
sales price
(A$/oz)
2,290
2,278

Value of
committed
sales
(A$M)
1,150.9
618.2

179

Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years

There were no US dollar gold delivery commitments as at 30 June 2021.

18 Events occurring after the reporting period

Subsequent to the period ended 30 June 2021 the Company announced:

•

a final fully franked dividend of 9.5 cents per share to Shareholders on the record date of 7 September 2021,
payable on 29 September 2021

• On 22 July 2021 the Group announced that it has entered into a binding Share and Asset Sale Agreement with

Evolution Mining Ltd (ASX: EVN) for the sale of Northern Star’s Kundana Operations, its 51% interest in each of the
East Kundana Production Joint Venture and the East Kundana Exploration Joint Venture, its 75% interest in the
West Kundana Farmin Joint Venture, and the Carbine / Carnage gold project ("Kundana Assets") for a purchase
price of $400 million cash (plus a working capital adjustment). Evolution offered employment contracts to and
assumed liabilities for all of Northern Star’s transferring employees. The transaction completed on 18 August 2021
with Evolution taking economic ownership from 1 August 2021. As at 30 June 2021 the Kundana Assets had a net
asset value of $139.0 million. Refer to note 14 for details and treatment of the transaction as at 30 June 2021.

• On 2 August 2021, the Company entered into a contract with GR Engineering Services Limited (GNG) in relation

to the Thunderbox 6Mtpa expansion project for a contract sum of $101 million.

19 Related party transactions

(a) Subsidiaries

Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 15(a).

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Related party transactions

Share-based payments

(b) Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits
Employee entitlements
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

30 June
2021
$000

6,911.2
116.9
242.4
7,114.3
14,384.8

30 June
2020
$000

4,829.3
528.9
201.7
3,282.3
8,842.2

(c) Transactions with other related parties

(i)

Purchases from entities controlled by key management personnel

The Company has in place policies and procedures which govern transactions involving KMPs and their related
parties, and these policies and procedures restrict the involvement of the KMP or related party in the negotiation,
awarding or direct management of the resultant contract. In the Company’s 2017 Annual Report, specifically Note
18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company reported that the beneficial minority interest of 23% held
by Mr Beament in AUD Pty Ltd, the sole shareholder of Australian Underground Drilling Pty Ltd (AUD), being a supplier
of goods and services to the Company, did not require reporting under the Accounting Standards. For the purposes
of the FY21 Annual Report, the Company is of the same view, having applied the necessary criteria under the
Australian Accounting Standards for FY21. Mr Beament retired from the Company and Board on 1 July 2021.

AUD is a material supplier due to the aggregate total of fees paid, the nature of the services provided to the
Company by the supplier, and the place the supplier has in the Company’s risk mitigation strategy, in seeking to
maintain diversity amongst its suppliers where it is commercially feasible to do so, to ensure that there is no reliance
by the Company on one supplier for a particular service across all the Company’s operations.

The Independent Directors’ unanimous view on 30 June 2021 remained that the continuing contractual relationship
between the Company and AUD was during FY21 more beneficial to the Company than terminating the contract
would have been. The results of the multiple party tender processes have demonstrated that there was no
comparable supplier with the capacity at the time of the tenders to provide the services for the same quality,
productivity rates and price offered by AUD. Further, the selection of AUD was and remains consistent with the
Company- wide risk mitigation strategy in striving for diversity in its supply chain, having regard to the other suppliers
providing underground diamond drilling services to the Company’s other operations (in which Mr Beament has no
shareholding or other basis for inferring a significant influence). The addition of Pogo,100% of the KCGM Operations,
Carosue Dam Operations and Thunderbox Operations further increased the diversity and improved the risk
mitigation strategy.

The following transaction occurred with relates parties:

Shirley In'tVeld:

•

is a board member of CSIRO. During the year, a revenue amount of $59,101 was paid to this business for
consulting services provided at normal commercial rates (2020: $216,729).

20 Share-based payments

(a) Employee Share Plan

Under the Employee Share Plan, eligible employees may be granted up to $1,000 of fully paid ordinary shares in the 
Company annually for no cash consideration. The number of shares issued to participants in the scheme is the offer 
amount divided by the weighted average price at which the Company’s shares are traded on the ASX during the 
week up to and including the date of grant. The fair value of shares issued during the year was $9.90 (2020: $12.71) 
per share.

2021

2020

Number of shares issued under the plan to participating employees on 17 June
2021 (2020: 26 June)

244,000

102,258

180

(b)  Performance Share Plan

No performance shares were issued in the year ended 30 June 2021 (2020: Nil).

Total performance shares on issue at 30 June 2021 is 1,091,001 (2020: 1,091,001), with a corresponding total
non-recourse loan value of $801,295 (2020: $1,114,557).

(c) Performance Rights, NED Share Rights and Restricted Shares

Performance rights

A performance right is a conditional right which, upon the satisfaction or waiver of the relevant vesting conditions,
and, if required by the Company the exercise of that right, entitles its holder to receive one share.

During the year, the Company issued 1,155,477 long term incentive (LTI) rights and 489,671 short term incentive (STI)
rights to senior management, including key management personnel. The rights were issued under the FY20 share
plan as refreshed at the Company's annual general meeting on 25 November 2020. During the year, 245,266 FY2021
LTI rights and 14,801 FY2021 STI rights were forfeited. The number of performance rights outstanding as at 30 June
2021 in relation to the FY2021 grant is 1,385,081.

During the prior year, the Company issued 1,202,463 LTI rights (1,129,894 remain on issue at 30 June 2021) and 494,422
STI rights (nil on issue at 30 June 2021) to senior management, including key management personnel. The rights were
issued under the FY20 share plan as approved at the Company's annual general meeting on 14 November 2020.
Since grant date, 72,569 FY2020 LTI rights and 9,203 FY2020 STI rights were forfeited, while 196,470 FY2020 STI rights
vested.

NED Share Rights

A NED share right is a conditional right to a fully paid ordinary share, where vesting is measured on 30 June in each
financial year of issue, based on the length of time the NED was on the Board, with pro-rata reduction where the
Director ceases to be a director before the end of the relevant financial year.

During the year, the Company issued 18,560 NED share rights to Non-executive Directors. The NED share rights were
issued under the FY20 NED share plan as approved at the Company's annual general meeting on 14 November
2020. During the year 1,403 NED share rights were forfeited. The number of NED share rights outstanding as at 30 June
2021 in relation to the FY2021 grant is 17,157.

During the prior year, the Company issued 24,845 NED share rights to Non-executive Directors. The rights were issued
under the FY20 NED share plan as approved at the Company's annual general meeting on 14 November 2020. All of
the FY 2020 NED share rights have vested.

181

Restricted Shares

Restricted shares are time-tested shares under holding lock with no performance conditions other than remaining
employed by a certain date.

No restricted shares were issued during the current year.

During the prior year, 150,000 restricted shares (all of which remain on issue at 30 June 2021) were issued under the
FY20 Retention Share Plan.

For each of the above grants, the weighted average assessed fair value at grant date is as follows:

LTI Performance Rights
STI Performance Rights
NED Share Rights
Restricted Shares

Weighted average fair value at
grant date

FY2021 grant
$11.15
$14.26
$14.74
n/a

FY2020 grant
$7.04
$10.26
$9.21
$14.64

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(c)  Performance Rights, NED Share Rights and Restricted Shares (continued)

(c)  Performance Rights, NED Share Rights and Restricted Shares (continued)

Share-based payments

Share-based payments

The fair value of LTI performance rights at grant date is independently determined using a Monte Carlo simulation 
model (market based vesting conditions) and a Black Scholes Model (non market vesting conditions) that takes into 
account the term of the performance rights, the impact of dilution (where material), the share price at grant date 
and expected volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, the risk-free rate for the term of the 
performance right and the correlations and volatilities of the peer group companies.

The model inputs for LTI performance rights granted during the current and prior year included:

FY21 LTI Rights - Grant 1
(a) Exercise price
(b) Grant date
(c) Commencement of performance period
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date
(f) Expected volatility of the company's shares
(g) Expected volatility of the index
(h) Expected dividend yield
(i) Risk-free interest rate

FY21 LTI Rights - Grant 2
(a) Exercise price
(b) Grant date
(c) Commencement of performance period
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date
(f) Expected volatility of the company's shares
(g) Expected volatility of the index
(h) Expected dividend yield
(i) Risk-free interest rate

Tranche A, C
Nil
25/11/2020
1/07/2020
30/06/2023
$12.52
50%
n/a
1.30%
0.13%

Tranche A, C
Nil
2/02/2021
12/02/2021
30/06/2023
$13.06
50%
n/a
1.30%
0.11%

Tranche B
Nil
25/11/2020
1/07/2020
30/06/2023
$12.52
50%
35%
1.30%
0.13%

Tranche B
Nil
2/02/2021
12/02/2021
30/06/2023
$13.06
50%
35%
1.30%
0.11%

Tranche D, F
Nil
30/10/2020
1/07/2020
30/06/2023
$14.85
50%
n/a
1.30%
0.13%

Tranche D, F
Nil
12/02/2021
12/02/2021
30/06/2023
$12.06
50%
n/a
1.30%
0.11%

Tranche E
Nil
30/10/2020
1/07/2020
30/06/2023
$14.85
50%
35%
1.30%
0.13%

Tranche E
Nil
12/02/2021
12/02/2021
30/06/2023
$12.06
50%
35%
1.30%
0.11%

182

FY20 LTI Rights
(a) Exercise price
(b) Grant date
(c) Commencement of performance period
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date
(f) Expected volatility of the company's shares
(g) Expected dividend yield
(h) Risk-free interest rate

Tranche A, B, C
Nil
14/11/2019
1/07/2019
30/06/2022
$9.21
40%
1.51%
0.74%

Tranche D, E, F
Nil
20/12/2019
1/07/2019
30/06/2022
$10.70
40%
1.51%
0.85%

The fair value of STI performance rights, NED share rights and Restricted Shares at grant date is determined by
reference to the share price on grant date.

The valuation inputs for STI performance rights, NED share rights and Restricted Shares granted during the current
and prior year included:

(a) Exercise price
(b) Grant date
(c) Commencement of performance period
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date

FY21 STI Rights

Tranche A
Nil
25/11/20
1/7/20
30/6/21
$12.52

Tranche B
Nil
30/10/20
1/7/20
30/6/21
$14.85

FY21 NED Share
Rights
Nil
13/07/2020
1/7/20
30/6/21
$14.74

(a) Exercise price
(b) Grant date
(c) Commencement of performance period
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date

FY20 STI Rights

Tranche A
Nil
14/11/2019
1/07/2019
30/06/2021
$9.21

Tranche B
Nil
20/12/2019
1/07/2019
30/06/2021
$10.70

Restricted
Shares
Nil
25/05/2020
1/06/2020
30/06/2021
$14.64

FY20 NED Share
Rights
Nil
14/11/2019
1/07/2019
30/06/2020
$9.21

The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility over a period comparable to the remaining life of the 
performance rights.

Total share based payments expense for the year ended 30 June 2021 was $13.0 million (2020: $7.9 million)

21 Remuneration of auditors

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, 
Northern Star Resources Limited, its related practices and non-related audit firms:

(a) Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

(i) Audit and other assurance services

Audit and other assurance services

Subsidiaries & joint arrangements
Group

Total remuneration for audit and other assurance services

(ii) Other services

Statutory assurance services required by legislation to be provided by the auditor
Consulting services
Total remuneration for other services

2021
$000

23.6
748.3
771.9

57.8
-
57.8

2020
$000

  33.1
548.2
581.3

53.9
31.5
85.4

183

Total remuneration of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

829.7

666.7

(b) Other auditors and their related network firms

(i) Audit and other assurance services

Audit and review of financial statements

5.0

77.0

Total auditors' remuneration

834.7

743.7

It is the Group's policy to employ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties
where Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu expertise and experience with the Group are important. These assignments are
principally tax advice and due diligence reporting on acquisitions, or where Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu is awarded
assignments on a competitive basis. It is the Group's policy to seek competitive tenders for all major consulting
projects.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

22 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
• the profit attributable to owners of the Company
• by the weighted average numbers of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, excluding treasury
shares.

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into
account:
• the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares,
and
• the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the
conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

(a) Basic earnings per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
company
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
Company

(b) Diluted earnings per share

184

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
company
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
Company

(c) Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share

30 June
2021
Cents

30 June
2020
Cents

114.7

114.7

37.3

37.3

30 June
2021
Cents

30 June
2020
Cents

114.3

114.3

37.2

37.2

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

Basic earnings per share
Profit/(loss) attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in
calculating basic earnings per share:

From continuing operations

1,032.5

258.3

Diluted earnings per share
Profit from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the
Company

Used in calculating basic earnings per share

1,032.5

258.3

(d) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in 
calculating basic earnings per share

Earnings per share

2021
Number

2020
Number

900,489,284

692,635,283

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

Rights

Weighted average number of ordinary and potential ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating diluted earnings per share

3,094,790

2,623,651

903,584,074

695,258,934

23 Deed of cross guarantee

The Australian incorporated subsidiaries detailed in note 15 are each a party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee dated
14 May 2014, as varied (Deed), and have the benefit of ASIC relief from the requirements to prepare and lodge with
ASIC audited financial reports in accordance with Part 2M.3 of the Corporations Act, pursuant to ASIC Corporations
(Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 dated 17 December 2016 (Instrument).

Under the Deed, each entity in the Group guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt in the event of
winding up of any of the entities under certain provisions of the Corporations Act. In the event of a winding up of an
entity under other provisions of the Corporations Act, the other entities in the Group will only be liable to make up
any shortfall of funds if after six months any creditor has not been paid in full. The effect of the covenants given by
the entities under the Deed is to make the Company Group akin to a single legal entity from a financial perspective.

Closed Group:

Northern Star Resources Limited;
Northern Star (Kanowna) Pty Limited;

•
•
• Gilt-Edged Mining Pty Limited;
Kundana Gold Pty Limited;
•
Northern Star (HBJ) Pty Ltd;
•
Northern Star (Holdings) Pty Ltd;
•
Northern Star (South Kalgoorlie) Pty Ltd;
•
Northern Star Mining Services Pty Limited;
•
Northern Star (KLV) Pty Limited;
•
Northern Star (Saracen) Pty Ltd;
•
Northern Star (Saracen Kalgoorlie) Pty Ltd;
•
Northern Star (Carosue Dam) Pty Ltd; and
•
Northern Star (Thunderbox) Pty Ltd;
•

Extended Closed Group:

• GKL Properties Pty Limited;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

EKJV Management Pty Limited;
Kanowna Mines Pty Limited;
Northern Star (Tanami) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Western Tanami) Pty Limited;
Northern Star (Bronzewing) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Yandal Consolidated) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Echo Mining) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (MKO) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Saracen Goldfields) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Bundarra) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (SR Mining) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Sinclair) Pty Ltd;
Northern Star (Talisman) Pty Ltd; and
Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines Pty Ltd

185

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Deed of cross guarantee

Parent entity financial information

(e) Determining the parent entity financial information (continued)

(ii)

Tax consolidation legislation

Northern Star Resources Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax
consolidation legislation.

The head entity, Northern Star Resources Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated Group account
for their own current and deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax
consolidated Group continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Northern Star Resources Limited also recognises the current
tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed
from controlled entities in the tax consolidated Group.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully
compensate Northern Star Resources Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by
Northern Star Resources Limited for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses
or unused tax credits that are transferred to Northern Star Resources Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.
The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’
financial statements.

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice
from the head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity
may also require payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as current
amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding
agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

187

The above companies represent the ‘closed group’ and the 'extended closed group' for the purposes of instrument 
2016/785, which represent the entities who are parties to the deed of cross guarantee and which are controlled by 
Northern Star Resources Limited. Note that since the balance date, a deed of revocation has been executed to 
remove the following entities from the closed group and extended closed group (as the case may be) effective 18 
August 2021, as part of the completion of the sale of the Kundana assets to Evolution Mining Limited: Gilt-Edged 
Mining Pty Limited, Kundana Gold Pty Limited, and EKJV Management Pty Limited.

With the exception of the amounts relating to Pogo's operations as disclosed at note 2, the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and statement of financial position for the closed group is 
materially consistent with those of the consolidated entity.

24 Parent entity financial information

(a) Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity, Northern Star Resources Limited, show the following 
aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Issued capital
Reserves

186

Financial assets at fair value through OCI
Cash flow hedges
Share-based payments
Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures
accounted for using the equity method

Retained earnings
Profit for the year

30 June
2021
$M

30 June
2020
$M

445.6
7,121.2
7,566.8
(206.4)
(1,081.6)
(1,288.0)

766.3
1,974.7
2,741.1
(405.2)
(746.2)
(1,151.5)

6,436.1

1,323.9

11.2
0.4
15.6

0.1
(184.5)
(144.2)

(15.1)
-
10.4

0.2
270.2
86.3

Total comprehensive income

(172.1)

78.2

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

Refer to note 23 for details of guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries.

(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

Refer to note 16 for details of contingent liabilities relating to the parent entity as at 30 June 2021 or 30 June 2020.

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment

Refer to note 17 for commitments of the Group for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June
2021 or 30 June 2020.

(e) Determining the parent entity financial information

The financial information for the parent entity, Northern Star Resources Limited, has been prepared on the same
basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

(i)

Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities

Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities are accounted for at cost in the financial statements
of Northern Star Resources Limited.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

25 Summary of significant accounting policies

This note provides a list of the significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated 
financial statements to the extent they have not already been disclosed in the other notes above. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for 
the Group consisting of Northern Star Resources Limited and its subsidiaries.

(a) Basis of preparation

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board and the Corporations Act 2001. 
Northern Star Resources Limited is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial statements.

(i) Compliance with IFRS

Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards ensures that the financial statements and notes of the Company 
and the Group complies with international financial reporting standards (IFRS).

(ii) Historical cost convention

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following:

•

financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets and liabilities (including
derivative instruments); and

(iii) New and amended standards adopted by the group

The Group has adopted all of the new, revised or amending Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the
Australian Accounting Standards Board ('AASB') that are mandatory for the current reporting period.

With the exception of AASB 2018-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Definition of a Business, any
new, revised or amending Accounting Standards or Interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early
adopted. Refer to note for details of changes to accounting policies in the current financial year.

Any significant impact of the accounting policies of the Group from the adoption of these Accounting Standards
and Interpretations are disclosed below.

Summary of significant accounting policies

(b) Principles of consolidation

(i)

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an
entity where the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has
the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date
that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies
are eliminated.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Northern Star
Resources Limited ('Company' or 'parent entity') as at 30 June 2021 and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then
ended. Northern Star Resources Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial report as the
Group or the consolidated entity.

(ii)

Joint arrangements

Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint
ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal
structure of the joint arrangement. Northern Star Resources Limited has only joint operations. A joint operation is a
joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets, and
obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control
of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the
parties sharing control.

Joint operations
Northern Star Resources Limited Limited recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of
joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have
been incorporated in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. Details of the joint operation are set
out in note 15(b).

(iv) Accounting Standards issued but not yet effective

(iii) Changes in ownership interests

188

The following changes in Accounting Standards have been issued but are not yet effective:

AASB 16 Property, Plant and Equipment. A change to the treatment of proceeds which are received from selling
gold recovered from a mine before that mine is considered capable of operating in the manner intended by
management (i.e. pre-commercial production). Under the current guidelines, in respect of pre commercial
production, revenue and the associated cost of sale is excluded from profit or loss (earnings) and are included in
capital (balance sheet) and offset against the costs of developing the mine.

The changes referred to above must be adopted by the Group from 1 July 2022, including the required restatement
of comparatives for mines that were deemed in pre commercial production phase before 1 July 2021 (being the
start of the earliest comparative period).

The changes will require sales proceeds, along with their cost of sale, to be recognised in profit or loss (earnings). The
cost of sale must be determined with respect to the accounting rules for measurement of inventory. This will require
the Company to allocate some of the costs during the pre-commercial production phase to operating activities
(producing saleable gold), whereas under the current guidelines all such costs have been treated as capital. As
required by Accounting Standards, depreciation of mine properties will continue to only commence when an asset
is placed into commercial production. Consequently, cost of sales expensed on sale of gold during a
pre-commercial production phase will not include depreciation charges.

The required changes outlined above are expected to increase revenues and bring forward the recognition of costs
to the income statement (which may increase or decrease profit and loss depending on whether the revenues
generated are greater than the costs of sale). Over the life of a mining project the net impact to profit and loss will
be nil, however the proportional allocation of expenses between mining, processing and other costs and
depreciation will alter due to the change in treatment outlined above. The impact of the changes outlined on the
opening comparative amounts at 1 July 2021 for mines not in commercial production at that date have not yet
been determined.

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with
equity owners of the Group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts
of the controlling and non-controlling interests to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference
between the amount of the adjustment to non-controlling interests and any consideration paid or received is
recognised in a separate reserve within equity attributable to owners of Northern Star Resources Limited.

189

When the Group ceases to consolidate or equity account for an investment because of a loss of control, joint
control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value with the change in
carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of
subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any
amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the
Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in
other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

(c) Foreign currency translation

(i)

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates ('the functional currency'). The consolidated financial
statements are presented in Australian dollar ($), which is Northern Star Resources Limited's functional and
presentation currency.

(d) Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity
instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises
the

•

•

•

fair values of the assets transferred

liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business

equity interests issued by the Group

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

(d) Business combinations (continued)

(e) Impairment of assets (continued)

Summary of significant accounting policies

Summary of significant accounting policies

•

•

fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, and

fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any
non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the
non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the:

•

•

•

consideration transferred,

amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and

acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity

over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the
fair value of the net identifiable assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss
as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to
their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate,
being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable
terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability
are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously
held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date. Any gains or losses arising from
such remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the
fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value
of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the
difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

(e) Impairment of assets

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and other intangible assets to
determine whether there is any indication that those assets might be impaired. If any such indication exists, the
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any) which is
the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount. Where the asset does not generate
cash in-flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the
cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell (FVLCS) and value in use. In assessing value in use,
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of
future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount
of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss
immediately.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses for assets other than goodwill, the carrying amount of the asset (or
CGU) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss
been recognised for the asset (or CGU) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss
immediately.

190

Estimates of quantities of recoverable minerals, production levels, operating costs and capital requirements are
sourced from out planning process, including the LOM plans, five-year plans, one-year budgets and CGU-specific
studies.

The determination of FVLCS for each CGU are considered to be Level 3 fair value measurements, as they are
derived from valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data. The Group
considers the inputs and the valuation approach to be consistent with the approach taken by market participants.

(f) Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered
principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable.
They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as
deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets and investment property that are carried
at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value
less costs to sell. A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or
disposal group), but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not
previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is recognised at the date
of derecognition.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they
are classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified
as held for sale continue to be recognised.

Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are
presented separately from the other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held
for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the balance sheet.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and
that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated
plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to
resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the statement of profit or loss. The assets
classified as held for sale as at 30 June 2021, as disclosed at note 14, do not represent a separate major line of
business or geographical area of operations and therefore are not deemed to be a discontinued operation.

191

(g) Investments and other financial assets

(i) Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•

•

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual
terms of the cash flows.

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in
equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable
election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other
comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

(ii) Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at
fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the
financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash
flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

Summary of significant accounting policies

(g) Investments and other financial assets (continued)

(ii) Measurement (continued)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and
the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its
debt instruments:

•

•

•

Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent
solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial
assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on
derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign
exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the
assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in
the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest
income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is
derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss
and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income
using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other
gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the consolidated statement of
profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a
debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within
other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

192

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected
to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair
value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such
investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments
is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments
measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

(iii)

Impairment

From 1 July 2020, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt
instruments carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9,
which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

(h) Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191, relating to the 'rounding off' of amounts in
the financial statements. Amounts in the financial statements have been rounded off in accordance with the
instrument to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

(i) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not
recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or
as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the
Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing
activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flows.

193

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021

     ABN: 43 092 832 892 Registered Office:  Level 1, 388 Hay Street, Subiaco  6008, Western Australia PO Box 2008, Subiaco  6904, Western Australia Tel: +61 8 6188 2100  Fax: +61 8 6188 2111  Email: info@nsrltd.com  Web: www.nsrltd.com DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION In the Directors' opinion: (a) There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable; (b) The financial statements and notes for the year ended 30 June 2021 set out on pages 133 to 192 (FY21 Financial Report) comply with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Corporations Regulations 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and international financial reporting standards, and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; (c) The FY21 Financial Report gives a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 30 June 2021 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and (d) At the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group identified in note 23 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by the virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 23. Note 25(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The Directors have been given the declarations by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.   MICHAEL CHANEY Chairman Northern Star Resources Limited 24 August 2021 NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent  Auditor’s  Report  to  the  members  of 
Northern Star Resources Limited 

RReeppoorrtt  oonn  tthhee  AAuuddiitt  ooff  tthhee  FFiinnaanncciiaall  RReeppoorrtt  

Opinion 

194

We have audited the financial report of  Northern Star Resources Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries 
(the  “Group”)  which  comprises  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2021,,   the 
consolidated  statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes 
in  equity  and  the  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes  to  the  financial 
statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies  and other explanatory information, and the 
directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including: 

•  Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2021 and of its financial performance 

for the year then ended; and  

•  Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Australian  Auditing  Standards.  Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s 
APES  110  Code  of  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  (including  Independence  Standards)  (the  Code)  that  are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code. 

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s 
report. 

We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our 
opinion.

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit  of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.  

KKeeyy  AAuuddiitt  MMaatttteerr  

HHooww  tthhee  ssccooppee  ooff  oouurr  aauuddiitt  rreessppoonnddeedd  ttoo  tthhee  KKeeyy  AAuuddiitt  MMaatttteerr  

AAccqquuiissiittiioonn  ooff  SSaarraacceenn  MMiinneerraall  HHoollddiinnggss  
LLiimmiitteedd  

Effective 12 February 2021, the Group 
acquired 100% of the share capital of 
Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited. 

Significant judgement was required in 
assessing the appropriateness of the 
allocation of consideration transferred to 
certain identifiable assets acquired, and 
liabilities assumed, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

non-current ore stockpiles which relies 
upon judgements in relation to ore 
volumes and grades, future processing 
costs, future gold price estimates and 
discount rate assumptions; 

property, plant and equipment which 
requires assessment of value 
allocation between certain asset 
classes, judgements relating to useful 
lives and assumed residual values;  

the provision for rehabilitation, which 
is dependent upon forecasted closure 
estimates, timing of future 
rehabilitation activity, inflation and 
discount rate assumptions;  

consideration of whether goodwill 
arises on the transaction; and 

the impact of the transaction on 
associated tax balances, including the 
deferred tax impact on reset cost 
bases.  

Our procedures, included but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing the scheme booklet to understand the nature of 
the merger and the implied consideration;  
obtaining a copy of management’s experts’ valuation 
report commissioned to determine the fair values of the 
assets and liabilities associated with the acquisition; 
assessing the independence, competence and objectivity 
of management’s experts; 
assessing in conjunction with internal valuations specialists 
the identification of assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
and the appropriateness of the methodologies and 
assumptions utilised by management and their experts in 
relation to the following: 

•  Non-Current Ore Stocks; assessing the forecast 

gold price, future processing costs, ore grades and 
ore volumes, expected timing of processing, and 
discount rate assumptions applied as well as the 
overall methodology adopted to valuing 
inventory; 
Property, plant and equipment: assessing the 
methodologies applied in valuing assets and the 
resulting valuations adopted having regard to 
asset condition, age, useful life and life of mine; 
Rehabilitation Provision: agreeing rehabilitation 
cost estimates to underlying closure estimates 
and assessing the assumptions applied to 
determining the liability at acquisition. 

• 

• 

evaluating whether the transaction gave rise to goodwill on 
acquisition; and 

assessing the calculation of taxes payable and the 
recognition of deferred tax balances on the transaction 
with assistance from internal tax specialists. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures 
included in Note 12 to the financial statements and the 
remeasurement on the existing 50% ownership of KCGM by 
Northern Star Resources. 

195

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

AAccccoouunnttiinngg  ffoorr  mmiinnee  pprrooppeerrttiieess    

As at 30 June 2021, the carrying value of 
mine properties amounts to $6,684.1 
million as disclosed in Note 8(d).  

The carrying value has increased primarily 
due to $348.8 million of capital 
expenditure, $4,091.4 million of acquired 
mine properties and $1,552.7 million 
associated with the remeasurement of 
KCGM interest, offset by related 
amortisation expenses of $445.1 million. 

The accounting for underground mining 
operations includes a number of estimates 
and judgements, including: 

• 

• 

the allocation of mining costs between 
operating and capital expenditure; and 
determination of the units of 
production used to amortise mine 
properties. 

A key driver of the allocation of costs 
between operating and capital 
expenditure is the physical mining data 
associated with the different underground 
mining activities including the 
development of declines, lateral and 
vertical development, as well as capital 
non-sustaining costs. 

196

For the allocation of mining costs our procedures included, but 
were not limited to: 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding and testing of the key 
controls management has in place in relation to the 
capitalisation of underground mining expenditure and 
the production of physical underground mining data; 
and 
assessing the appropriateness of the allocation of 
costs between operating and capital expenditure 
based on the nature of the underlying activity, and 
recalculating the allocation based on the underlying 
physical data.  

For the Group’s unit of production amortisation calculations 
our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding of the key controls 
management has in place in relation to the calculation 
of the unit of production amortisation rate; 
testing the mathematical accuracy of the rates 
applied; and 
agreeing the inputs to source documentation, 
including: 
- 

the allocation of contained ounces to the specific 
mine properties;  
the contained ounces to the applicable reserves 
statement; and 
the anticipated development expenditure to life 
of mine models.  These were assessed for 
reasonableness compared to historical 
development expenditure for the respective 
operations. 

- 

- 

RReehhaabbiilliittaattiioonn  pprroovviissiioonn  

As at 30 June 2021 a rehabilitation 
provision of $772.3 million has been 
recognised as disclosed in Note 8(g). 

Judgement is required in the 
determination of the rehabilitation 
provision, including: 

• 

• 

assumptions relating to the 
manner in which rehabilitation 
will be undertaken; and  
scope and quantum of costs, and 
timing of the rehabilitation 
activities.  

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures 
included in Note 8(d) to the financial statements. 

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding of the key controls 
management has in place to estimate the 
rehabilitation provision; 
agreeing rehabilitation cost estimates to underlying 
support, including where applicable reports from 
external experts; 
assessing the independence, competence and 
objectivity of experts used by management; 
confirming the closure and related rehabilitation dates 
are consistent with the latest estimates of life of 
mines; 

•

•

comparing the inflation and discount rates to available 
market information; and 
testing the mathematical accuracy of the rehabilitation 
provision. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures 
included in Note 8(g) to the financial statements. 

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

•

•

•

assessed the measurement requirements of the 
mineralised waste stockpiles in accordance with 
relevant accounting standards; 
enquired with relevant operational personnel and 
management with respect to the current and future 
life of mine plans in light of recently announced 
reserve and resources upgrades; and 
assessed management’s determination of the net 
realisable value of the mineralised waste stockpiles 
with reference to the future processing expectations 
as a consequence of the above. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures 
included in Note 5(c) to the financial statements.  

197

WWrriittee  ddoowwnn  ooff  KKCCGGMM  mmiinneerraalliisseedd  wwaassttee  
ssttoocckkppiilleess

As at 30 June 2021 an expense of $436.6 
million has been recognised in relation to 
the mineralised waste stockpiles at KCGM 
which had initially been recognised as an 
asset at fair value on the acquisition of 
Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited as dis-
closed in Note 5(c).

At 30 June 2021 this inventory is required 
to be measured at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value in accordance with 
AASB 102 Inventories. 

Judgement was required in determining 
the net realisable value of this mineralised 
waste at year end.

Other Information  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the  information 
included in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2021, but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial  report  or  our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.  

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the  Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FInancIal RepoRt  

FInancIal RepoRt    

RReeppoorrtt  oonn  tthhee  RReemmuunneerraattiioonn  RReeppoorrtt  

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 85 to 127 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 
30 June 2021.  

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Northern Star Resources Limited, for the year ended 30 June 2021, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Responsibilities  

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  

DDEELLOOIITTTTEE  TTOOUUCCHHEE  TTOOHHMMAATTSSUU 

DD  KK  AAnnddrreewwss  
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Perth, 24 August 2021 

199

198

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the financial report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 
from fraud is higher  than for  one resulting from error,  as fraud may involve  collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control.  

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and 

related disclosures made by the directors.  

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on 
the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may 
cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material 
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on 
the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may 
cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and 
whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation.  

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business 
activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, 
supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.  

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 
audit.  

We  also  provide  the  directors  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical  requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably 
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards 
applied.  

From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe 
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or 
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest 
benefits of such communication. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Corporate 
Information 

CORPORAtE INFORMAtION  

CORPORAtE INFORMAtION    

Shareholder Information

table 1  Top 20 holders of ordinary shares at 20 August 2021

#

Name

Share

% Issued 
capital

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

508,249,039

43.65

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

202

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

187,522,646

91,103,499

41,367,553

30,610,771

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

20,288,387

WROXBY PTY LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD SIX SIS LTD 

11,705,278

10,578,715

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

10,357,719

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD ACF CLEARSTREAM 

9,190,176

6,042,517

PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED NST EMPLOYEE SUB REGISTER

3,765,456

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

3,470,811

MR WILLIAM JAMES BEAMENT 

2,559,325

NEWECONOMY COM AU NOMINEES PTY LIMITED <900 ACCOUNT>

2,370,841

MR WILLIAM JAMES BEAMENT 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

MS KAREN MARIE BAILEY 

AMP LIFE LIMITED 

16.11

7.83

3.55

2.63

1.74

1.01

0.91

0.89

0.79

0.52

0.32

0.30

0.22

0.20

0.20

0.16

0.15

0.14

0.13

2,320,792

1,901,406

1,699,778

1,619,836

1,500,000

948,224,545

81.44

216,027,555

18.56

1,164,252,100

100

20

MR HENDRICUS PETRUS INDRISIE 

Total Top 20 holders

Balance of register

Total register

table 2  Distribution of ordinary shares at 20 August 2021

Holding

Shares

% Shares

Holders

% Holders

1-1,000

11,587,250

1,001-5,000

40,476,236

5,001-10,000

25,386,099

10,001-100,000

72,402,481

100,001 and over

1,014,400,034

1.00

3.48

2.18

6.22

87.13

Total

1,164,252,100

100.00

27,737

16,656

3,460

2,965

243

51,061

54.32

32.62

6.78

5.81

0.47

100.00

There were 1,728 holders of less than a marketable parcel of $500 based at closing market price at 20 August 2021.

table 3  Substantial holders at 30 July 2021

#

Name

1

2

3

BlackRock Inc

VanEck Inc

State Street Corporation*

table 4  Restricted securities at 20 August 2021

Class

Shares 1

Shares 2

Shares3

Shares4

Shares 5

Shares 6

Number

69,992

62,868

241,868

115,000

278,503

Share

153,950,310

65,884,182

63,184,815

% Issues 
capital

13.2

5.7

5.4

Date escrow period ends

24 May 2022

26 June 2023

18 June 2024

Upon repayment in full of the limited 
recourse loan

27,440 on 30 June 2021 
102,895 on 30 June 2022 
148,168 on 30 June 2023

35,000

5 July 2023

203

table 5  Unquoted equity securities at 20 August 2021

Class

Unvested Performance Rights 
issued under the FY20 Share Plan 
(NSTAA)

Number7

2,040,105

Unvested Share rights issued under 
the FY20 NED Share Plan (NSTAC)

14,3288

Holders

83

3

Voting rights 

The voting rights attaching to 
each class of equity securities are 
set out below:

Ordinary shares:  
On a show of hands every 
member present at a meeting in 
person or by proxy shall have one 
vote and upon a poll each share 
shall have one vote.

Performance Rights: 
No voting rights.

NED Share Rights: 
No voting rights.

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market 
buy-back of the Company’s 
equity securities.

Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan

The Company announced a 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan on 
ASX on 27 May 2021.

*  As of 24 August 2021 State Street Corporation is no longer a substantial shareholder.
1.  Shares issued under the Employee Share Plan Rules No.3 (approved in June 2017) on 24 May 2019.
2.  Shares issued under the Employee Share Plan Rules No.3 (approved in June 2017) on 26 June 2020. 
3.  Shares issued under the Employee Share Plan Rules No.3 (approved in June 2017) on 18 June 2021.
4.  Shares issued under the Performance Share Plan Rules on 20 November 2013 (115,000).
5.  Shares issued to Saracen employees as part of the Scheme of Arrangement on 12 February 2021 subject to holding lock.
6.  Share issued under the FY20 Retention Share Plan on 12 July 2021. 
7.  Number of unissued ordinary shares under the Performance Rights or Share Rights. No person holds 20% or more of these securities.
8.  FY22 NED Share rights issued to John Fitzgerald, Nick Cernotta and Mary Hackett; Equivalent to be issued to other Non-Executive Directors following 

shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM. 

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021CORPORAtE INFORMAtION  

CORPORAtE INFORMAtION    

Glossary

ASX
Australian Securities Exchange

ASX Corporate
Governance Principles and 
Recommendations 
Principles and Recommendations 
(4th edition) of the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council 
on the corporate governance 
practices to be adopted by ASX 
listed entities and which are 
designed to promote investor 
confidence and to assist listed 
entities to meet shareholder 
expectations

Au
The chemical symbol for gold

Auditor
The auditor of the Company 
duly appointed under the 
Corporations Act 2001

Australian Accounting 
Standards 
Australian Accounting Standards 
are developed, issued and 
maintained by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board, an 
Australian Government agency 
under the Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission Act 
2001 (Cth)

B or bn 
Billion

Board
Board of Directors

Cash Earnings
Underlying EBITDA less net 
interest, tax and sustaining 
capital

CEO
Chief Executive Officer

Company
Northern Star Resources Limited 
ABN 43 092 832 892

Contractors
Externally employed contracted 
workers engaged by the 
Company to support operations

Corporations Act
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

Director
A director of the Company 
duly appointed under the 
Corporations Act

EAP
Employee assistance providers(s)

employees
Total number of employees of the 
Group including permanent, fixed 
term and part-time. Does not 
include Contractors

EPS
Earnings per Share

ESG 
Environmental, Social & 
Governance

ESR
Environment & Social 
Responsibility

ESS
Environmental, Social & Safety 

FY20
Financial year ended 30 June 
2020

Incident
means the partial or whole 
damage or destruction of an 
area of cultural or heritage 
significance without Traditional 
Owner consent and/or required 
legal or regulatory approvals

International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS)
A single set of accounting 
standards, developed and 
maintained by the IASB with 
the intention of those standards 
being capable of being applied 
on a globally consistent basis

Indicated Mineral
Resource
As defined in the JORC Code

Inferred Mineral
Resource
As defined in the JORC Code

JORC Code
Australasian Code for Reporting 
of Exploration Results, Minerals 
Resources and Ore Reserves 
2012 Edition, prepared by the 
Joint Ore Reserves Committee 
of The Australasian Institute of 
Mining and Metallurgy, Australian 
Institute of Geoscientists and 
Minerals Council of Australia

FY21
Financial year ending 30 June 2021

K or k
Thousand

FY22
Financial year ending 30 June 
2022

gpt
Grams per tonne

Group
Northern Star Resources Limited 
and all of its wholly owned 
subsidiaries as at 30 June 2021. 

KCGM
KCGM means Kalgoorlie 
Consolidated Gold Mines Pty 
Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Company, which operates 
the Super Pit and Mt Charlotte 
underground operations in 
Kalgoorlie, Western Australia.

204

Share
Fully paid ordinary share in 
Northern Star Resources Limited

shareholder
A shareholder of Northern Star 
Resources Limited

stakeholders
An individual, group or 
organisation that is impacted by 
the Company, or has an impact 
on the Company. Examples 
of stakeholders are investors, 
employees, suppliers and local 
communities

Suppliers 
External companies engaged by 
Northern Star to supply goods to 
the operations

tCFD
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures

tRIFR
Total recordable injury frequency 
rate, calculated according to the 
number of recordable work - 
related injuries or illness for each 
one million hours worked  

underlying EBItDA
Net profit after tax, before 
interest, tax depreciation and 
amoritisation adjusted for 
specific items

$
Australian dollars, unless the 
context says otherwise. All A$ to 
$US currency conversions used in 
this Annual Report are at $0.70

Key Management
Personnel or KMP 
Defined in the Australian 
Accounting Standards as those 
persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the 
activities of the entity, directly or 
indirectly, including any director 
(whether executive or otherwise) 
of that entity

koz
Thousand ounces

LtIFR
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate; 
calculated based on the number 
of lost time injuries occurring in 
a workplace per 1 million hours 
worked

M or m
Million

MD
Managing Director

Measured Mineral
Resource
As defined in the JORC Code

merger
The merger of Saracen Mineral 
Holdings Limited ABN 52 009 
215 347 and all of its wholly 
owned subsidiaries with Northern 
Star by way of Scheme of 
Arrangement implemented on  
12 February 2021

Mineral Resource or Resource
As defined in the JORC Code

NPAt
Net profit after tax

Northern Star
Northern Star Resources Limited 
ABN 43 092 832 892

NSMS
Northern Star Mining Services Pty 
Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Company, dedicated to 
underground mining operations

NSt
Northern Star Resources Limited 
ABN 43 092 832 892

Officer
An officer of the Company 
defined under the Corporations 
Act

Ore Reserve or Reserve
As defined in the JORC Code

Performance Rights
Performance Rights are rights 
to receive Shares in the future if 
certain performance hurdles are 
met 

Probable Ore Reserve
As defined in the JORC Code

Proved Ore Reserve
As defined in the JORC Code

Quarter or Q
Financial year quarter, 
commencing either 1 July,  
1 October, I January or 1 April

Restricted Share
A Share subject to Share trading 
restrictions

SAR
Saracen Mineral Holdings 
Limited ABN 52 009 215 347

SASB 
Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board

Saracen 
Saracen Mineral Holdings 
Limited ABN 52 009 215 347 
and all of its wholly owned 
subsidiaries, as acquired by 
Northern Star by way of Scheme 
of Arrangement implemented on 
12 February 2021

205

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORAtE INFORMAtION  

Corporate Information

Northern Star Resources Limited
ABN: 43 092 832 892

Directors

Current Directors 

Michael Chaney AO  Chairman
Anthony Kiernan AM  Lead Independent Director (until 18 November 2021)
John Fitzgerald 
Mary Hackett 
Nick Cernotta 
Sally Langer  
John Richards 
Raleigh Finlayson 
Stuart Tonkin 

Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Executive Director
Managing Director & CEO

Incoming Director

Sharon Warburton 

Non-Executive Director (from 1 September 2021)

Former Directors (during FY21)  

Bill Beament 
Shirley In’t Veld 
Peter O’Connor  

Executive Chair (Resigned 1 July 2021)
Non-Executive Director (Resigned 30 June 2021)
Non-Executive Director (Resigned 12 February 2021)

Company Secretary

206

Hilary Macdonald 

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Registered Office & Principal Place of Business

Level 1, 388 Hay Street Subiaco WA 6008 Australia
Telephone: +61 8 6188 2100
Facsimile: +61 8 6188 2111
Website: www.nsrltd.com
Email: info@nsrltd.com

Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, QV1 Building 250 St Georges Terrace Perth WA 6000 Australia
Telephone: +61 1300 554 474
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Auditors

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Brookfield Place, Tower 2 123 St Georges Terrace Perth WA 6000 Australia

Registration & Listing

Incorporated in Western Australia on 12 May 2000  
Quoted on the Official  
List of the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX: NST)

Securities Exchange

ASX Limited
Level 40, Central Park, 152-158 St Georges Terrace Perth WA 6000 Australia

ASX Code

NST

Chris Armstrong, Projects 
Superintendent, Carosue 
Dam, Kalgoorlie operations.

NORTHERN STAR RESOURCES LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2021nsrltd.com
nsrltd.com